for the sqfe use of lqsers - LIGO
for the sqfe use of lqsers - LIGO
for the sqfe use of lqsers - LIGO
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
o<br />
q'<br />
g)<br />
d<br />
ot<br />
N<br />
o<br />
2<br />
uqo-Pqbet+-Qc-Y<br />
ANS12r36.1.1985<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>sqfe</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>lqsers</strong>
o I<br />
Contents SECTION<br />
l. General<br />
I q^^na<br />
r.r oeuPc.<br />
1.2 Application.<br />
1.3 l,aser Safety Oflicer (LSO)<br />
2. Definitions<br />
3. Hazard Evaluation and Classification<br />
3.1 Ceneral.<br />
3.2 LaserConsiderations.<br />
3.3 Laser and I-aser System Hazard Classification<br />
Definitions.<br />
3.4 Environment in Which <strong>the</strong> Laser is Used.<br />
3.5 Personnel.<br />
4. Control Measures<br />
4.1 General Considerations. .<br />
4.2 Laser Safety Oflicer (LSO).<br />
4.3 Engineering Controls.<br />
4.4 Administrative and Procedural Controls. . .<br />
4.5 Special Considerations .<br />
4.6 PersonalProtectiveEquipmeni .....<br />
4.7 Waming Signs and Labels<br />
4.8 Service and Repair <strong>of</strong> Laser Systems. . . . ' ,<br />
4.9 Modification <strong>of</strong> Laser Systems.<br />
5. Laser Safety and Training Programs<br />
5.1 Organization.<br />
5.2 Education.<br />
5.3 Implementation. .....<br />
Medical Surveillance<br />
6.1 General.<br />
6.2 Personnel Categories-<br />
6.3 General Procedures.<br />
6.4 Frequency <strong>of</strong> Medical Examinations.<br />
7. SoecialConsiderations<br />
7. t Industrial Hygiene Considerations.<br />
7.2 Explosion Hazards. ....<br />
7.3 Optical Radiation Hazards -<br />
(O<strong>the</strong>r than Laser Beam Hazards).<br />
7.4 Electrical Hazards. .<br />
7.5 Flammability <strong>of</strong>Laser Beam Enclosutes. .<br />
7.6 Laser Operation in Outdoor Environments .<br />
Criteria <strong>for</strong> Exposure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Eye and Skin<br />
8.1 Intrabeam Viewing and Extended-Source Ocular Exposures. . . .<br />
8.2 MPE <strong>for</strong> Intrabeam Viewing.<br />
8.3 MPE <strong>for</strong> Extended-Source Viewing. . . . . .<br />
8.4 MPE <strong>for</strong> Skin Exnosure to a Laser Beam.<br />
8.5 Special Qualifications - lnfrared.<br />
9. Measurements<br />
9.1 General.<br />
9.2 lntrabeam and Extended-Source Measurements,<br />
9,3 Instruments.<br />
I<br />
I<br />
I<br />
6<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
l0<br />
ll<br />
l')<br />
t6<br />
tt<br />
t9<br />
2l<br />
22<br />
z2<br />
22<br />
22<br />
22<br />
,)?<br />
23<br />
23<br />
23<br />
23<br />
.i<br />
24<br />
25<br />
25<br />
25<br />
25<br />
26<br />
26<br />
27<br />
2'l<br />
27<br />
28
o<br />
SECTION<br />
10. Revision <strong>of</strong> American National Standards<br />
Refened to in This Document<br />
Tables<br />
Table I Accessible Emission Limits <strong>for</strong> Selected<br />
Continuous-Wave Lasers and<br />
Laser Systems<br />
Table 2 Summary <strong>of</strong> Levels (Energy and Radiant<br />
Exposure Emissions) <strong>for</strong> Single-Pulsed<br />
Leser and Laser System Classification<br />
Table 3 Maximum Radiant Exposure Incident Upon a Diff<strong>use</strong><br />
Surface Which Will Not Produce Hazardous Reflections<br />
Table 4 Minimum Optical Densities Required<br />
<strong>for</strong>ProtectiveEyewear . . ., .<br />
Table 5 MPE <strong>for</strong> Direct Ocular Exposure, Intrabeam<br />
Viewing, to a LaserBeam ..<br />
Table 6 MPE <strong>for</strong> Viewing a Diff<strong>use</strong> Reflection <strong>of</strong> a<br />
Laser Beam or an Extended Source<br />
Table7<br />
MPE <strong>for</strong> Skin Exposurc to a Laser Beam<br />
Table 8 Required Radiomeric Parameters<br />
Table 9 Maximum Apenure Diameters (Limiting Aperture)<br />
<strong>for</strong> Measurement Averaging<br />
Table l0 Control Measures <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Four Laser Classes<br />
Figurcs<br />
Fig. la<br />
Fig. lb<br />
Fig. lc<br />
Fig. 2a<br />
Fig. 2b<br />
Fig. 2c<br />
Fig. 2d<br />
Fig. 2e<br />
Fig. 3<br />
Fig. 4<br />
Sample Waming Sign <strong>for</strong> Class 2<br />
and Certain Class 3a Lasers<br />
Sample Waming Sign <strong>for</strong> Certain Class 3a Lasers and <strong>for</strong><br />
Class 3b and Class 4 Lasers<br />
Sample Waming Sign <strong>for</strong> Temporary<br />
Conholled Area<br />
Area,/EntrYway Safety Controls<br />
<strong>for</strong> Class 4 Lasen<br />
Safeay Controls <strong>for</strong> Class 4 Lasers where<br />
Arey'Entryway Controls are Inappropriate . . . .<br />
Unsupervised Laser Installation <strong>for</strong><br />
Demonstrationlaser .,,,.<br />
Supervised Laser lnstallation <strong>for</strong><br />
Demonshationlaser .... .<br />
Supervised Laser Installation <strong>for</strong><br />
Demonstrationlaser ....,<br />
Limiting Angular Subtense (Apparent Visual Angle),<br />
0tn6, <strong>for</strong> l"= 0.4 to 1.4 lrm<br />
MPE <strong>for</strong> Direct Ocular Exposure to Visible and Near<br />
Infrared Radiation (1"= 0.4 to 1.4 pm) Intrabeam<br />
Viewing (Angular Subtense < o'n;n in Fig. 3), <strong>for</strong><br />
Single Pulses or Exposures .<br />
28<br />
30<br />
3l<br />
3l<br />
JJ<br />
34<br />
35<br />
35<br />
36<br />
4l<br />
43
o<br />
SECTION<br />
Fie. MPE <strong>for</strong> Direct Ocular Exposure to Ultraviolei<br />
Radiation (Intrabeam Viewing and Extended<br />
Sources) <strong>for</strong> Exposure Durations from l0e to 3 x ld s<br />
Fig. 6 MPE <strong>for</strong> Direct Ocular Exposure to Ultraviolet<br />
(1" = 0.315 to 0.400 pm) and Infrarcd<br />
(1, = 1.4 pm to I mm) Radiation (lntrabeam<br />
Viewing aod Extended Sources) <strong>for</strong> Single<br />
Pulses or Continuous Exposures<br />
Fig. 7 MPE <strong>for</strong> Direct Ocular Exposure to Laser Radiation<br />
(1" = 0.4 to 0.7 pm and 1.051 to 1.4 pm) from<br />
Extended Sources (Angular Subtense >cln;n in Fig' 3)<br />
<strong>for</strong> Single Pulses or Continuous ExPosures<br />
Fig. 8 Conection Factor C,a <strong>for</strong> WaYelengths Between<br />
0.7 and l4 pm (From Tables 5 and 6)<br />
Fig. 9 Correction Factors CB and ft <strong>for</strong> Wavelengths<br />
Between 0.55 and 0.7 um . .<br />
Fig l0 Ocular MPE <strong>for</strong> lntrabeam Viewing (Angular<br />
Subtense < cr,n6 in Fig. 3) as a Function<br />
<strong>of</strong> Exposure Dumtion and Wavelength<br />
Fig. ll Ocular MPE <strong>for</strong> Extended Sources (Angular<br />
Subtense 2 cr-6, in Fig. 3) as a Function<br />
<strong>of</strong> Exposure Duration and Wavelength<br />
Fig. 12 Reduction <strong>of</strong>MPE <strong>for</strong> Repetitively Pulsed Lasers and<br />
<strong>for</strong> Multiple Exposures from Scanning Lasers ' . .<br />
Fig. 13 Measurement Arrangement Used <strong>for</strong> Purposes<br />
<strong>of</strong> Laser Classification ....<br />
Appendixes<br />
Appendix A Examples <strong>of</strong> Classification <strong>of</strong> Lasers or Laser Systems<br />
Tables<br />
Table Al Typical Laser Classilication - Continuous-Wave (CW) Lasers . . . . .<br />
Table A2 Typical Laser Classification - Single-Pulse Lasers<br />
Table ,A3 lntrabeam MPE <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Eye and Skin <strong>for</strong><br />
Selected CW Lasers<br />
Table 44 Inrabeam MPE <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Eye and Skin <strong>for</strong><br />
Selected Pulsed Lasers<br />
Appendix B Calculation <strong>for</strong> Hazard Evaluation and Classification<br />
8.1 General .<br />
8.2<br />
B.3<br />
8.4<br />
Tables<br />
Symbols<br />
Examples <strong>of</strong> MPE Determinadon and Laser Classification<br />
Formulas and Examples Useful in Evaluation<br />
<strong>of</strong> Various Laser Applications<br />
Table B I Typical Diff<strong>use</strong> Reflection Cases <strong>for</strong> Visible Radiation<br />
(l=0.4to0.?um) ...<br />
PACE<br />
47<br />
48<br />
49<br />
50<br />
52<br />
)J<br />
J)<br />
)t<br />
)/<br />
58<br />
58<br />
59<br />
59<br />
59<br />
60<br />
tt)
SECTION<br />
Figures<br />
Fig. Bl<br />
Fig. 92<br />
Fig. 83<br />
Fig. 84<br />
Fig. 85<br />
Fig' 86<br />
Fig. B7<br />
Appendix C<br />
Figures<br />
Fig. Cl<br />
Fig. C2<br />
Appendix D<br />
Dl.<br />
D2.<br />
D3.<br />
Dl.<br />
D5.<br />
D6.<br />
D7.<br />
Tables<br />
Table Dl<br />
Intrabeam Viewing - Direct (himary) Beam<br />
lntrabeam Viewing - Specularly Reflected (Secondary) Beam " " ' '<br />
Extended-Source Viewing - Normally Diff<strong>use</strong> Reflection<br />
Examples <strong>of</strong> Use <strong>of</strong> l-aser Range Equation <strong>for</strong><br />
Determining Nominal Hazard Distance<br />
Nominal Hazard Zone <strong>for</strong> Diff<strong>use</strong> Reflection<br />
Laser Range F4uation Nomogram ' ' ' '<br />
Diagram <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> l-aser Arrangement <strong>for</strong> Exampte 26<br />
ln<strong>for</strong>mation and References <strong>for</strong> Sections 3 and 4<br />
IEC-825 (1985) Waming Label -<br />
Hazard Symbol<br />
IEC-825 (1985) Waming Label -<br />
Label <strong>for</strong> ExPlanatory Wording<br />
Guide <strong>for</strong> Organization and ImPlementation<br />
<strong>of</strong> Laser Safety and Training Programs<br />
Responsibility and Authority <strong>of</strong> Laser Safety Oflicer (LSO)<br />
Deputy Laser SafetY Officers<br />
Safety Committee<br />
Responsibility <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Laser or Laser System Supervisor<br />
Responsibility <strong>of</strong> Employees Working with or near Lase$<br />
Training .<br />
References<br />
Recommended Training <strong>for</strong> LSOs and Employees<br />
(lncludins but Not Limited to' OPerators'<br />
Maintena-nce Personnel. and Service Technicians)<br />
Routinely Working with or Around Lasers ' ' '<br />
AppendixE<br />
Medical Surveillance . .<br />
Pumose <strong>of</strong> Medical Surveillance " " ' '<br />
El,<br />
82.<br />
E3.<br />
E4.<br />
E5.<br />
86.<br />
w.<br />
Medical Examinations '.. '<br />
Medical Refenal Following Suspected or<br />
Known Laser Injury<br />
Records and Record Retentron<br />
Access To Records<br />
Epidemiologic Studies .... "'<br />
References<br />
AppendixF<br />
Special Considerations ' ' '<br />
Fl.<br />
F2.<br />
Compressed Gases<br />
Cryogenic Liquids .. " "<br />
PACE<br />
73<br />
73<br />
74<br />
74<br />
75<br />
/b<br />
78<br />
79<br />
79<br />
't9<br />
80<br />
80<br />
80<br />
8t<br />
8l<br />
82<br />
83<br />
83<br />
83<br />
84<br />
85<br />
85<br />
85<br />
85<br />
6)<br />
E5<br />
86
SETION<br />
F3.<br />
F4.<br />
F5.<br />
F6.<br />
Appendix<br />
Gl.<br />
c2.<br />
Appendix H<br />
Hl.<br />
H2.<br />
H3.<br />
Lt4.<br />
Ventilaiion<br />
Ionizing Radiation<br />
Toxic Materials<br />
References<br />
Biological Effects on <strong>the</strong> Eye and Sktn .<br />
Minimal Biologicai Effects <strong>of</strong> Laser<br />
Radiation on <strong>the</strong> Eye .. '. '<br />
Biological Effects <strong>of</strong> Laser<br />
Radiation on <strong>the</strong> Skin . . . .<br />
Measurements<br />
RadiomearicMeasurements .<br />
Radiant Exposure Pr<strong>of</strong>iles and Radiant Exposure<br />
Estimates <strong>for</strong> Pulsed Lasers .<br />
Beam Divergence<br />
References<br />
PACE<br />
86<br />
86<br />
86<br />
86<br />
87<br />
8'1<br />
89<br />
90<br />
90<br />
90<br />
90<br />
90
American National Standard<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Safe Use <strong>of</strong> Lasers<br />
1. General<br />
1.1 Scope. This standard provides reasonable and<br />
adequate guidance <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> safe <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> lase$ and laser<br />
syslems.<br />
1.2 Application. The objective <strong>of</strong> this standard is to<br />
pmvide reasonable and adequate guidance <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
safe <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> lasen and laser systems. A practical<br />
means <strong>for</strong> accomplishing this is first to classify lasers<br />
and laser systems according to <strong>the</strong>ir relative hazards<br />
and <strong>the</strong>n 1o specify appropriate conrols <strong>for</strong> each<br />
classification.<br />
The basis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hazard classincation scheme in Section<br />
3 <strong>of</strong> this standand is <strong>the</strong> ability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> primary<br />
laser beam or reflected primary laser beam to ca<strong>use</strong><br />
biological damage to <strong>the</strong> eye or skin during intended<br />
<strong>use</strong>. For example, a Class I laser is one that is considered<br />
to be incapable <strong>of</strong> producing damaging radiation<br />
levels and is, <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e, exempt from any control<br />
measures or o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>for</strong>ms <strong>of</strong> surveillance. Class 2<br />
lasers (low-power) are divided into two subclasses, 2<br />
and 2a. A Class 2 laser emits in <strong>the</strong> visible portion <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> spectrum (0.4 to 0.7 !rm) and eye protection is<br />
normally af<strong>for</strong>ded by <strong>the</strong> aversion response including<br />
<strong>the</strong> blink reflex. Class 3 lasers (medium-power) are<br />
divided into two subclasses, 3a and 3b. A Class 3<br />
laser may be hazardous under direct and specular<br />
reflection viewing conditions, but <strong>the</strong> diff<strong>use</strong><br />
reflection is usually not a hazard. A Class 3 laser is<br />
normally not a fire hazard. A Class 4 laser (highpower)<br />
is a hazard to <strong>the</strong> eye and skin from <strong>the</strong> dircct<br />
beam and sometimes from a diff<strong>use</strong> reflection and<br />
also can be a fire hazard,<br />
It must be recognized that <strong>the</strong> classification scheme<br />
given in this standard relates specifically to <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
product and its potential hazard, based on op€rating<br />
characterisdcs. However, <strong>the</strong> conditions under which<br />
<strong>the</strong> laser is <strong>use</strong>d, <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> safety training <strong>of</strong> individuals<br />
usiog <strong>the</strong> laser and o<strong>the</strong>r environmental and<br />
personnel factors are imponant considerations in<br />
determining lhe full extent <strong>of</strong> safety control measures.<br />
Since such situations require in<strong>for</strong>med judgments<br />
by responsible persons, major responsibility<br />
<strong>for</strong> such judgments has been assigned to a person<br />
with <strong>the</strong> requisite authority and responsibility,<br />
namely <strong>the</strong> Laser Safety Officer (LSO).<br />
Lasen or laser systems certified <strong>for</strong> a specific class by<br />
a manufacturer in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Federal Laset<br />
Product Per<strong>for</strong>mance Standard may be considered as<br />
fulfilling alt claJsification requirements <strong>of</strong> this standard.<br />
In cases where <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system<br />
classification is not provided or where <strong>the</strong> class level<br />
may change beca<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> th€ addition or deletion <strong>of</strong><br />
engineering conrol measures (see 4.3), <strong>the</strong> laser or<br />
laser system shall be classified by <strong>the</strong> LSO in accordance<br />
with <strong>the</strong> descriptions given in Section 3 or <strong>the</strong><br />
methods described in Section 9, or both.<br />
The recommended stepwise procedure <strong>for</strong> using this<br />
standard is as follows:<br />
(l) Determine <strong>the</strong> appropriate class <strong>of</strong> laser or laser<br />
syslem,<br />
(2) Comply with <strong>the</strong> measurcs specified <strong>for</strong> that class<br />
<strong>of</strong> laser or laser system, using <strong>the</strong> following table as a<br />
guide. This procedure will in most cases eliminate<br />
<strong>the</strong> need <strong>for</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> laser radiation, quantitative<br />
analysis <strong>of</strong> hazard potential, or <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Maximum<br />
Permissible Exposure (MPE) values given in<br />
Section 8 <strong>of</strong> this standard.<br />
Class Control Measur€s Medical Surveillance<br />
I<br />
2<br />
2a<br />
3a<br />
3b<br />
4<br />
Not applicable*<br />
Applicable<br />
Applicable<br />
Applicable<br />
Applicable<br />
Appticable<br />
Not applicable<br />
Not applicable<br />
Not applicable<br />
Not applicable<br />
Applicable<br />
Appticable<br />
* During normal oJrration and mainlenance only Alignment<br />
and service procedurcs <strong>of</strong>an embedded Chss 2. 3, or 4 laser<br />
shatl rcquire conuol or adminislmtive procedures appropdale<br />
to <strong>the</strong>class during <strong>the</strong>s€ functions.<br />
For quantitatiye evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hazard associated<br />
with a given laser or laser syslem, Sections 8 and 9<br />
should be consulted. To <strong>use</strong> <strong>the</strong> MPE values in Section<br />
8, first determine whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong>re is a possibility <strong>of</strong><br />
intrabeam viewing (in which case <strong>the</strong> intrabeam MPE<br />
criteria in 8.2 shalt be <strong>use</strong>d) or whe<strong>the</strong>r a hazardous<br />
diff<strong>use</strong> reliection is being viewed (in which case <strong>the</strong><br />
MPE values <strong>for</strong> an extended source as given in 8.3 or
o<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
<strong>the</strong> intrabeam MPE values as given in 8.2 may be<br />
applicable). (See Figs. Bl, 82, and 83 in<br />
Appendix B <strong>for</strong> illustrated viewing conditions-)<br />
For <strong>the</strong> purposes <strong>of</strong> this standard, except <strong>for</strong> shortdistance<br />
viewing <strong>of</strong> small diameter foc<strong>use</strong>d Class 3<br />
lasers (see 3.4.1.3), only Class 4 lasers are capable <strong>of</strong><br />
producing hazardous diff<strong>use</strong> reflections; hence calculations<br />
<strong>for</strong> viewing diff<strong>use</strong> reflections from Class l, 2,<br />
and 3 systems are normally unnecessary.<br />
The laser hazard classification system is based<br />
entirely on <strong>the</strong> laser radiation emission. O<strong>the</strong>r ancillary<br />
hazards must be dealt with separately and are<br />
addressed in Section 7 (Special Considerations).<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r special application standards within <strong>the</strong> 2136<br />
series may have provisions which are exceptions to<br />
<strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> this standard. Each exception is<br />
valid only <strong>for</strong> applications within <strong>the</strong> scope <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
standard in which it appears.<br />
1.3 Laser Safety Officer (LSO)<br />
1.3.1 General, An individual shall be designated<br />
<strong>the</strong> Laser Safety Officer (LSO) with <strong>the</strong> authority and<br />
responsibility to monitor and en<strong>for</strong>ce <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong><br />
laser hazards, and to effect <strong>the</strong> knowledgeable evalua-<br />
(ion and control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards.<br />
Depending on <strong>the</strong> extent and numb€r <strong>of</strong> laser installations,<br />
<strong>the</strong> position <strong>of</strong> LSO may or may not be a full<br />
time assignment. In some instances, designation <strong>of</strong><br />
an LSO may not be required. Such instances could<br />
include operation and maintenance which are limited<br />
to Class I and Class 2 lasers. However, under some<br />
circumstances it may be necessary to designate an<br />
LSO <strong>for</strong> example, if service is per<strong>for</strong>med on a laser<br />
product having an embedded Class 3a, Class 3b, or<br />
Class 4laser. In such iostances, <strong>the</strong> designation <strong>of</strong>an<br />
LSO may be <strong>the</strong> responsibility <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> organization<br />
requiring access to <strong>the</strong> embedded laser or laser system,<br />
such as <strong>the</strong> service company or organization.<br />
There shall be a designated LSO <strong>for</strong> all circumstances<br />
<strong>of</strong> operation, maintenance, and service <strong>of</strong> a Class 3a,<br />
Class 3b or Class 4 laser or laser system.<br />
1.3,2 LSO Specific Responsibililies<br />
13.2.1 Classification. The LSO shall classily,<br />
or verify classifications, <strong>of</strong> lasers and laser systems<br />
<strong>use</strong>d under <strong>the</strong> LSO's jurisdiction.<br />
1.3,2.2 Hnard Evaluation. The LSO shall be<br />
responsible <strong>for</strong> hazard evaluation <strong>of</strong> laser work areas,<br />
including <strong>the</strong> establishment <strong>of</strong> Nominal Hazard<br />
Zones (NHZ). (See 3.4.)<br />
2<br />
1.3.2.3 Control Measures. The LSO shall be<br />
responsible <strong>for</strong> assuring that <strong>the</strong> prescribed control<br />
measures are in effect, recommending or approving<br />
substitute or altemate control measures when <strong>the</strong> primary<br />
ones are not feasible or practical, and periodically<br />
auditing <strong>the</strong> functionability <strong>of</strong> those controls<br />
measures in <strong>use</strong>.<br />
13.2.4 Procedure Approvals, The LSO shall<br />
approve standard operating procedures, alignment<br />
procedures, and o<strong>the</strong>r procedures that may be part <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>for</strong> administrative and procedural<br />
control measures.<br />
1,3.2.5 Protective Equipment. The LSO shall<br />
recommend or approve protective equipment i.e.,<br />
eyewear, clothing, barriers, scrcens, etc., as may be<br />
required to assure personnel safety. The LSO shall<br />
assure that protective equipment is audited periodically<br />
to ensure proper working order.<br />
1,3.2.6 Signs and Labels. The LSO shall<br />
approve <strong>the</strong> wording on area signs and equipment<br />
labels.<br />
1.3.2.7 Facility and Equipment. The LSO<br />
shall approve laser installation facilities aod laser<br />
equipment prior to <strong>use</strong>. This also applies to<br />
modification <strong>of</strong> existing facilities or equipment.<br />
1.3.2.8 Training, The LSO shall assur€ that<br />
adequae safety education and training is provided to<br />
laser area penionnel.<br />
1.3.2.9 Medical Surveillance. The LSO shall<br />
determine <strong>the</strong> personnel categories <strong>for</strong> medical surveillance.<br />
(See 6.2)<br />
1.3,2.10 Additional. Additional recommended<br />
duties <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO are included in Appendix D.<br />
2. Definitions<br />
The definitions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> lerms listed below are based on<br />
r pragmatic rathor than u basic approach. The tcrms<br />
delined are <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e limited to those actually <strong>use</strong>d in<br />
this standard and its appendixes and are in no way<br />
intended to constitute a dictionary <strong>of</strong> terms <strong>use</strong>d in<br />
<strong>the</strong> laser lield as a whole.<br />
absorption. Trans<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>of</strong> radiant energy to a<br />
differenr <strong>for</strong>m <strong>of</strong>energy by interaction with matter.<br />
accessible emission limit (AEL). The maximum<br />
accessible emission level p€rmined wiftin a particular<br />
class.
accessible radiation. Radiation to which it is possible<br />
fbr <strong>the</strong> humiln eye or skin to be cxposed in nonuill<br />
usage.<br />
(Inmi^. See limiting dngular subtense.<br />
apertDre. An opening through which radiation can<br />
pass.<br />
apparent visual angle. The angular subtense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
source as calculated from source size and distance<br />
from <strong>the</strong> eye. It is not <strong>the</strong> beam divergence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
source. (See 8.1 <strong>for</strong> criteria.)<br />
attenuation. The decrease in <strong>the</strong> radiant flux as it<br />
passes<br />
through an absorbing or scattering medium.<br />
average power. The total energy imparted during<br />
exposurc divided by <strong>the</strong> exposure duration.<br />
aversion response. Movement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eyelid or <strong>the</strong><br />
head to avoid an exposure to a noxious stimulant or<br />
bright light. It can occur within 0.25 s, including <strong>the</strong><br />
blink reflex time.<br />
beam. A collection <strong>of</strong> rays which may be parallel,<br />
divergent, or convergent,<br />
beam diameter. The distance between diametrically<br />
opposed points in that cross-seciion <strong>of</strong> a beam where<br />
<strong>the</strong> power per unit area is l/e (0.368) tim€s that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
peak power per unit area.<br />
blink reflex. See aversion response,<br />
calorim€ter. A device <strong>for</strong>.measuring <strong>the</strong> total<br />
amount <strong>of</strong> energy absorbed from a source <strong>of</strong> electromagnetic<br />
radiation.<br />
carcinogen. An agent potentially capable <strong>of</strong> causing<br />
cancer.<br />
coherent. A light beam is said to be coherent when<br />
<strong>the</strong> electric vector at any point in it is related to that at<br />
any o<strong>the</strong>r poiDt by a definite, continuous function.<br />
collimated beam. Effectively, a "parallel" beam <strong>of</strong><br />
Iight with very low divergence or convergence. (See<br />
8.1 <strong>for</strong> criteria.)<br />
conjunctival discharge (<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eye). Increased<br />
secretion <strong>of</strong> mlrcus from <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eyeball.<br />
continuous wave (cw). The output <strong>of</strong> a laser which<br />
is operated in a continuous ra<strong>the</strong>r than a pulsed mode.<br />
In this standard, a laser operating with a continuous<br />
output <strong>for</strong> a period >0.25 s is regarded as a cw laser.<br />
controlled area, An area where <strong>the</strong> occupancy and<br />
activity <strong>of</strong> those within is subject to contml and<br />
supelvision <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> protection from radiation<br />
hazards.<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI 36. I -I 986<br />
cornea. The transparent outer co&t <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> human eye<br />
which covers <strong>the</strong> iri$ and ahe cryst{lline lens. The<br />
comea is <strong>the</strong> main refracting element <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eye.<br />
cryogenics. The branch <strong>of</strong> physics dealing with very<br />
low temperatures.<br />
depigmentation. The rcmoval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pigment <strong>of</strong><br />
melanin granules fmm human tissues.<br />
dermatology. A branch <strong>of</strong> medical science that deals<br />
with <strong>the</strong> skin, iis structure, functions, and diseases,<br />
diffraction. Deviation <strong>of</strong> part <strong>of</strong> a beam, determined<br />
by lhe wave nature <strong>of</strong> radiation and occuring when<br />
<strong>the</strong> radiation passes <strong>the</strong> edge <strong>of</strong>an opaque ob$iacle.<br />
diff<strong>use</strong> reflection. Change <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> spatial distribution<br />
<strong>of</strong> a beam <strong>of</strong> radiation when it is reflecied in many<br />
directions by a surface or by a medium.<br />
divergence. The increase in <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
beam with distance from <strong>the</strong> exit aperture. The value<br />
gives <strong>the</strong> full angle at <strong>the</strong> point where <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
energy or irradiance is l/e (36.8%) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />
value. For <strong>the</strong> purposes <strong>of</strong> lhis standard, divergence<br />
is taken as <strong>the</strong> full angle, expressed in radians, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
beam diameter measured between those points which<br />
include laser energy or irradiance equal to l/e <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum value (<strong>the</strong> angular extend <strong>of</strong> a beam which<br />
contains all <strong>the</strong> radius vectors <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> polar curve <strong>of</strong><br />
radiant intensity that have length rated at 36.8Eo <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> maximum). Sometimes this is also refened to as<br />
beam spread,<br />
edema. The swelling <strong>of</strong> tissues in <strong>the</strong> human body<br />
due to <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> abnormal amounts <strong>of</strong> fluid in<br />
<strong>the</strong> extracellular spaces.<br />
electromagnetic radiation. The flow <strong>of</strong> energy consisting<br />
<strong>of</strong> orthogonally vibrating electric and magnetic<br />
fields lying transverse to <strong>the</strong> dir€ction <strong>of</strong> propagation.<br />
X-ray, ulraviolet, visible, infrared, and radio<br />
waves occupy various portions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electromagnetic<br />
spectrum and differ only in frequency and<br />
wavelength.<br />
embedded laser. A laser with an assigned class<br />
number higher than <strong>the</strong> inherent capability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
laser system in which it is incorporated, where <strong>the</strong><br />
systems lower classiflcation is appropriate due to <strong>the</strong><br />
engineering fearures limiting accessible emission.<br />
energy. The capacity <strong>for</strong> doing work. Energy content<br />
is commonly <strong>use</strong>d to characterize lhe output from<br />
pulsed lasers, and is generally expressed in joules (J).<br />
epidemiologJr. A brarch <strong>of</strong> medical science that<br />
deals with <strong>the</strong> incidence, distribution and control <strong>of</strong>
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
disease in a population.<br />
€pi<strong>the</strong>lium (<strong>of</strong> ahe cornea). The layer <strong>of</strong> cells fbrming<br />
<strong>the</strong> outer surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> comea.<br />
ery<strong>the</strong>ma. Redness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> skin due to congestion <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> capillaries.<br />
extended source. A source <strong>of</strong> radiation that can be<br />
resolved by <strong>the</strong> eye into a geometrical image, in contrast<br />
10 a point source <strong>of</strong> radiation, which cannot be<br />
resolved into a geome*ical image. (See 8.1 <strong>for</strong> criteria.)<br />
failsafe interlock. An interlock where <strong>the</strong> failure <strong>of</strong><br />
a single mechanical or electrical component <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
interlock will ca<strong>use</strong> <strong>the</strong> system to go into, or remain<br />
in, a safe mode.<br />
focal length. The distance from <strong>the</strong> secondary nodal<br />
point <strong>of</strong> a lens to <strong>the</strong> primary focal point. In a thin<br />
lens, <strong>the</strong> focal length is <strong>the</strong> distance between <strong>the</strong> lens<br />
and <strong>the</strong> focal point.<br />
focal point. The point toward which radiation converges<br />
or from which radiation diverges or appears to<br />
diverge.<br />
fundus. See oculdr fundus.<br />
funduscopic. Examination <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong> fundus (rear) <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong><br />
natf-power poirrt. The value on ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> leading or<br />
trailing edge <strong>of</strong> a laser pulse at which <strong>the</strong> power is<br />
one-half <strong>of</strong> its maximum value.<br />
hertz (Hz). The unit which expresses <strong>the</strong> frequency<br />
<strong>of</strong> a periodic oscillation in cycles per second.<br />
infrar€d radiation. Electromagnetic radiation with<br />
wavelengths which lie within <strong>the</strong> range O.?;rm to<br />
I mm.<br />
integrated radiance. The integral <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> radiance<br />
over <strong>the</strong> exposure duration. Also known as pulsed<br />
radiance. Unit: joules per square centimeter per<br />
steradian (J 'cm-2 sil).<br />
intrabeam viewing. The viewing condition whereby<br />
<strong>the</strong> eye is exposed to all or pan <strong>of</strong> a laser beam where<br />
<strong>the</strong> visual angle is less than clmin (see limiting angular<br />
subtense). (See Figs. Bl and 82.)<br />
ionizing radiation. Electromagnetic radiation having<br />
a sufficiently large photon energy to directly ionize<br />
atomic or molecular systems with a single quantum<br />
event,<br />
iris. The circular pigrnented membrane which lies<br />
behind <strong>the</strong> comea <strong>of</strong> th€ human eve. The iris is<br />
per<strong>for</strong>ated by <strong>the</strong> pupil.<br />
irradiance (al a poinl <strong>of</strong> a surface). Quotient <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
radiant flux incident on an element <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface containing<br />
<strong>the</strong> point at which inadiance is measured, by<br />
<strong>the</strong> area <strong>of</strong> that element. Unit watt per square centimeter<br />
(W ' cm-2).<br />
Jaeger's tesa. Samples <strong>of</strong> type <strong>of</strong> various sizes<br />
printed on a card <strong>for</strong> testing close visual acuity. An<br />
analogue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Snellen chan <strong>for</strong> distant visual acuity.<br />
joule. A unit <strong>of</strong> energy. I joule = I watt ' second.<br />
Lambertian surface. An ideal surface whose emitted<br />
or rcflected radiance is independent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> viewing<br />
angle.<br />
laser. A device which produces an intense, coherent,<br />
directional beam <strong>of</strong> light by stimulating electronic or<br />
molecular transitions to lower energy levels. An<br />
acmnym <strong>for</strong> Light Amplification by Stimulated<br />
Emission <strong>of</strong> Radiation.<br />
laser safety <strong>of</strong>ficer (LSO). One who has authority to<br />
monitor and en<strong>for</strong>ce <strong>the</strong> conhol <strong>of</strong> laser hazards and<br />
effect <strong>the</strong> knowledgeable evaluation and control <strong>of</strong><br />
laser hazards.<br />
laser system. An assembly <strong>of</strong>electrical, mechanical,<br />
and optical components which includes a laser.<br />
lesion. An abnormal change in <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>of</strong> an<br />
organ or purt due to injury or disease.<br />
limiting angular sublense (dmin). The apparent<br />
visual angle which divides intrabeam viewing from<br />
extended-source viewing, (See 8.1 <strong>for</strong> criteria,)<br />
limiting aperture. The maximum diameter <strong>of</strong> a circle<br />
over which inadiance and radiant exoosure can be<br />
averaged,<br />
limiting exposure duration (tma,(). An exposure<br />
duration which is specifically limited by <strong>the</strong> design or<br />
intended <strong>use</strong>(s). (See Section 8 <strong>for</strong> examples.)<br />
lossy medium. A medium which absorbs or scatters<br />
radiation passing thruugh i1.<br />
maint€nsnce. Per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>of</strong> those adjustments or<br />
procedures specified in <strong>use</strong>r in<strong>for</strong>mation provided by<br />
<strong>the</strong> manufacturer with <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system, which<br />
are to be per<strong>for</strong>med by <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>r to ensure <strong>the</strong> intended<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> product, It does not include<br />
operation ot seruice as defined in this section.<br />
maximum permissible exposure (MPE). The level<br />
<strong>of</strong> laser radiation to which a person may be exposed<br />
without hazardous effecl or adverse biological<br />
changes in <strong>the</strong> eye or skin. The criteria <strong>for</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong>
lhe eye and skin are detailed in Section 8<br />
meter. A unit <strong>of</strong> length in <strong>the</strong> international system <strong>of</strong><br />
units; cunently defined as a ' fixed number <strong>of</strong><br />
wavelengths, in vacuum, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> orange-red line <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
spectrum <strong>of</strong> krypton 86. Typically, <strong>the</strong> meter is subdivided<br />
into <strong>the</strong> following units:<br />
Centimeter (cm) = l0-2 m<br />
Millimeter (mm) = l0-r m<br />
Micrometer (pm) = l0{ m<br />
Nanometer (nm) = lOa m<br />
nominal hazard zone (NHZ). The nominal hazard<br />
zone describes <strong>the</strong> space within which <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
direct, reflected or scattered radiation during normal<br />
operation exceeds <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE. Exposure<br />
levels beyond <strong>the</strong> boundary <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NHZ are below <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate MPE level.<br />
nominal ocular hazard distance NOHD). The dislance<br />
along <strong>the</strong> axis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unobstructed beam from<br />
<strong>the</strong> laser to th€ human eye beyond which <strong>the</strong> inadiance<br />
or radiant exposure during normal operation is<br />
not expected to exceed <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE.<br />
ocular fundus. The back <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eye. May be seen<br />
through<br />
<strong>the</strong> pupil with an ophthalmoscope.<br />
operation. The per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system<br />
over <strong>the</strong> full range <strong>of</strong> its intended functions (normal<br />
operation). It does not include maintenance or<br />
service as defined in this section.<br />
ophthalmoscope. An instrument <strong>for</strong> examining <strong>the</strong><br />
interior <strong>of</strong>fte eye.<br />
optical density (D1). Logarithm to <strong>the</strong> base ten <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> reciprocal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> transmittance: D1=-log1e t1,<br />
where t1 is transmittance.<br />
- optically pumped laser. A laser in which <strong>the</strong> clechons<br />
are excited into an upper energy state by <strong>the</strong><br />
absorption <strong>of</strong> light from an auxiliary light source.<br />
photophobia. An unusual intolerance <strong>of</strong> light. Also,<br />
an aversion to light usually ca<strong>use</strong>d by physical<br />
discomfon upon exposure to light.<br />
photosensitizers. Substances which increase <strong>the</strong> sensitivity<br />
<strong>of</strong> a material io irradiation by electromagnetic<br />
energy.<br />
pigment epi<strong>the</strong>lium (<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> r€tina). The layer <strong>of</strong><br />
cells which contain brown or black pigment granules<br />
next to and behind <strong>the</strong> rods and cones.<br />
point source. A source <strong>of</strong> radiation whose dimensions<br />
are small enough, compared with <strong>the</strong> distance<br />
between source and receptor, to be neglected in<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I -1986<br />
calculations. Equivalent <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> this standard<br />
to intrabeam viewing. (See 8. t <strong>for</strong> criteria.)<br />
power. The rate at which energy<br />
hansfered, or received. Unit: watts<br />
second).<br />
prf. Abbreviation <strong>for</strong> pulse-repetition<br />
(See repetitively pulsed laser.)<br />
is emitted,<br />
(oules per<br />
frequency.<br />
protective housing. An enclosure that surrounds <strong>the</strong><br />
laser or laser system that prevenls access co laser radiation<br />
above <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE level. The aperture<br />
through which <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>ful beam is emitted is not pan<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> protective housing. The protective housing<br />
may enclose associated optics and a work station and<br />
shall limit access to o<strong>the</strong>r associated radiant energy<br />
emissions and to electrical hazards associated with<br />
components and tefminals.<br />
pulse duration. The duration <strong>of</strong> a laser pulse; usually<br />
measured as <strong>the</strong> time interval between <strong>the</strong> halfpower<br />
points on <strong>the</strong> leading and trailing edges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
pulse.<br />
pulsed laser. A laser which delivers its energy in <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>for</strong>m <strong>of</strong> a single pulse or a train <strong>of</strong> pulses. ln this<br />
standard, <strong>the</strong> duration <strong>of</strong>a pulse
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I.I986<br />
Quotient <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> radiant flux leaving <strong>the</strong> source and<br />
propagated in an element <strong>of</strong> solid angle containing<br />
<strong>the</strong> given direction, by <strong>the</strong> element <strong>of</strong> solid angle'<br />
Unit: watts per steradian (W ' sf').<br />
radiant power. See radiant flux'<br />
radiometry. A branch <strong>of</strong> science which deals with<br />
<strong>the</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> radiation. For <strong>the</strong> purposes <strong>of</strong><br />
this standard, radiometry will be limited to <strong>the</strong> measurement<br />
<strong>of</strong> infrared, visible, and ultraviolet rddiation.<br />
Rayl€igh scataering. Scattering <strong>of</strong> radiadon in <strong>the</strong><br />
course <strong>of</strong> its passage thtough a medium containing<br />
panicles whose sizes are small compared with <strong>the</strong><br />
wavelength <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> radialion.<br />
reflectance. The ratio <strong>of</strong> total reflected radianl power<br />
to total incident power. Also called re.fecrivity.<br />
reflection. Deviation <strong>of</strong> radiation following<br />
incidence on a surface.<br />
rep€titively pulsed laser. A laser with multiple<br />
pulses <strong>of</strong> radiant energy occurring in sequence with a<br />
prf ) I Hz.<br />
retina. The sensory membrane which receives <strong>the</strong><br />
incident image <strong>for</strong>med by <strong>the</strong> comea and lens <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
human eye. :Ihe retina lines <strong>the</strong> inside <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong> eye.<br />
scannlng laser. A laser having a time-varying direction,<br />
origin, or pa em <strong>of</strong> proPagation with respect to<br />
a stationary frame <strong>of</strong> reference.<br />
scintillation. The rapid changes in irradiance levels<br />
in a cross-section <strong>of</strong> a laser beam.<br />
service. The per<strong>for</strong>mance <strong>of</strong> those procedures or<br />
adjustments describ€d in <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's servlce<br />
instructions which may affect any asPect <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
<strong>of</strong> lhe laser or laser system. It does not<br />
include maintenance or operation as defined in this<br />
section.<br />
shall. The word "shall" is to be understood as mandatory.<br />
should. The word "should" is to be understood as<br />
advisory.<br />
solid angle. The three-dimensional angular spread at<br />
<strong>the</strong> vertex <strong>of</strong> a cone measured by <strong>the</strong> area intercepted<br />
by <strong>the</strong> cone on a unit sphere whose center is <strong>the</strong> vertex<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cone. It is expressed in steradians (sr).<br />
source. A laser or a laser-illuminated reflecting surface.<br />
specular r€fl€ction. A mirrorlike reflection.<br />
steradian (sr). The unit <strong>of</strong> measure <strong>for</strong> a solid angle'<br />
6<br />
There are 4ft steradians about any Point in space.<br />
stromal haze (<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cornea). Cloudiness in <strong>the</strong><br />
connective tissue or main body <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> comea.<br />
surface exfoliation (<strong>of</strong> th€ cornea). A stripping or<br />
peeling <strong>of</strong>f <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface layer <strong>of</strong> cells from <strong>the</strong> cornea.<br />
tonometry. Measurcment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pressurc (tension)<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eyeball.<br />
transmission. Passage <strong>of</strong> radiation through a<br />
medium.<br />
transmittance. The ratio <strong>of</strong> total tmnsmitted radiant<br />
power lo total incident radiant power.<br />
ultraviolet radiation. ElecFomagnelic radiation<br />
with wavelengths smaller than those <strong>of</strong> visible radiation;<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> this standard, 0.2 to 0.4 pm.<br />
visible radiation (light). Electromagnetic radiation<br />
which can b€ detected by <strong>the</strong> human eye. This term<br />
is commonly us€d to describ€ wavelengths which lie<br />
in <strong>the</strong> range 0.4 to 0.7 Fm.<br />
$att. The unit <strong>of</strong> power or radiant flux. 1 watt = i<br />
joule per second.<br />
wavelength, The disknce between two successive<br />
points on a periodic wave which have <strong>the</strong> same<br />
phase,<br />
3, Hazard Evaluation and Classification<br />
3.1 General. Three aspects <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> a<br />
laser or laser system influence <strong>the</strong> total hazard<br />
evaluation and <strong>the</strong>reby influence <strong>the</strong> application ol<br />
contlol measures:<br />
(1) The laser or laser sys@m's capability <strong>of</strong> iniurinS<br />
personnel<br />
(2) The environment in which <strong>the</strong> laser is <strong>use</strong>d<br />
(3) The personnel who may <strong>use</strong> or be exposed to laser<br />
radiation<br />
The laser classification scheme is based on aspect ( I )<br />
Laser and laser systems classilied in accordance with<br />
this \tandard shall be labeled with <strong>the</strong> appropriatt<br />
hazatd classification (see 3.3). Classification labeling<br />
<strong>use</strong>d in con<strong>for</strong>mance with <strong>the</strong> Federal Laser Producl<br />
Per<strong>for</strong>mance Standard may be <strong>use</strong>d to satisfy lhis<br />
labeling requirement. lt should be noied that in some<br />
cases <strong>the</strong>re may be differences beMeen this standard<br />
and <strong>the</strong> Federal L,aser Product Per<strong>for</strong>mance Standard'
(See Appendix C <strong>for</strong> references.) If <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
b€en modified subsequent to classification by<br />
manufacturer, <strong>the</strong> guidance in 4.10 shall be <strong>use</strong>d.<br />
has<br />
<strong>the</strong><br />
Any laser or laser system shall be classified according<br />
to its accessible radiation during normal operation.<br />
Aspects (2) and (3) vary with each laser application<br />
and cannot be readily standardiud. The total hazard<br />
evaluation procedure shall consider all three aspects,<br />
although in most cases only aspect (l) influences <strong>the</strong><br />
conrol measures which are applicable.<br />
The detailed hazard evaluation or <strong>the</strong> classification <strong>of</strong><br />
a laser or laser system as outlined in this section<br />
should not be attempted by personnel untrained in<br />
laser safety or optical engineering/physics. When it<br />
is necessary <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO to effect such an eyaluation,<br />
it should be based on adequate training or<br />
knowledgeable assistance so that <strong>the</strong> calculations and<br />
risk determinations outlined in this section will be<br />
accomplished. Errors in such analyses could result in<br />
injuries <strong>of</strong> personnel and should not be taken lightly.<br />
3,2 Laser Considerations. The LSO or knowledgeable<br />
individual responsible <strong>for</strong> laser classification<br />
shall ensure that laser-output data are valid in accordance<br />
with Section 9 (Measurements). Classification<br />
shall be based on <strong>the</strong> maximum output available <strong>for</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> intended <strong>use</strong>.<br />
3.2.1 Multiwavelength Lasers. The classification<br />
<strong>of</strong> lasers or laser syslems capable <strong>of</strong> emitting<br />
numemus wavelengths shall be based on <strong>the</strong> most<br />
hazardous possible op€ration. (See 83, examples l2<br />
and 13.)<br />
3.2.1,1 A multiwavelength laser which by<br />
dssign can operate only as a single-wavelength laser<br />
shall be classified as a single-wavelengrh laser.<br />
3.2.1.2 A multiwavelength laser which by<br />
design can operate over two or more wavelength<br />
regions (as defined in Section 8) shall require<br />
classification in each region <strong>of</strong> operalion. Thc<br />
apprcpriate control measures <strong>for</strong> each region shall be<br />
taken.<br />
3.2.2 Repetitively Pulsed Lasers. The evaluation<br />
<strong>of</strong> repetitively pulsed laseE or exposures requires <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> cenain correction factors. (See Section 8.)<br />
3.2.3 Radiometric Parameters <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Laser<br />
Required <strong>for</strong> Determlnlng Laser Hazard<br />
Classification<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2136.I - I986<br />
3.2.3.1 Classification <strong>of</strong> essentially all lasers<br />
requires <strong>the</strong> following Parameters:<br />
(l) Wavelength(s) or wavelength range<br />
(2) For cw or repetitively Pulsed lasers: average<br />
Dowcr output and limiting exposure durdtion 1,,,.<br />
inherent in <strong>the</strong> design or intended <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or<br />
laser system<br />
(3) For pulsed lasers: total energy per pulse (or peak<br />
power), pulse duration, prf, and emergent beam radianl<br />
exposure<br />
3.23.2 Classification <strong>of</strong> extended-source lasers<br />
or laser systems (such as laser arays, injection laser<br />
diodes, and lasers having a permanent diff<strong>use</strong>r within<br />
<strong>the</strong> output optics) requires, in addition to <strong>the</strong> Parameters<br />
listed in 3.2.3.1, knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser source<br />
radiance or integrated radiance and ihe maximum<br />
viewing angular subtense.<br />
3,2.3.3 Class I AEL. To determine <strong>the</strong> laser's<br />
potenlial <strong>for</strong> producing injury, it is necessary to consider<br />
not only <strong>the</strong> laser outPut irradiance or radiant<br />
exposure, but also whe<strong>the</strong>r a hazard would exist if <strong>the</strong><br />
total laser beam power or pulse energy were confined<br />
to <strong>the</strong> area <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> limiting aperture <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> applicable<br />
MPE (see Table 9).<br />
The Class I AEL is defined in two different ways'<br />
depending on whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> laser is considered a point<br />
source or an extended source (an unusual case).<br />
3.2.3.3.1 Most lasers can be considered Point<br />
sources. For such lasers, <strong>the</strong> Class I AELs shall be<br />
determined by <strong>the</strong> pmduct <strong>of</strong> two factors:<br />
( l) The intrabeam MPE <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> eye (see Figs. 4 and<br />
6) <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> limiting exposure duradon<br />
(2) The area <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> limiting apenure <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> MPE (i.e"<br />
1, 7 or l I mm as applicable; see Table 9) in cm'<br />
That is, AEL = MPE x (arca <strong>of</strong> limiting aperturc)<br />
3.2.33.2 For exlcndcd-vrurce lasen or laser<br />
systems which emit in <strong>the</strong> sPectral range 0'4 to<br />
1.4 pm, <strong>the</strong> Class I AELs shall be determined by a<br />
power or energy outPut such that:<br />
(l) The source radiance does not exceed <strong>the</strong> MPE<br />
(see Table 6) when <strong>the</strong> source is viewed at <strong>the</strong><br />
minimum viewing dista.nce<br />
(2) A <strong>the</strong>oretically perfect optical viewing system<br />
(50-mm limiting entlance aperture, T-mm exit aperture)<br />
would collect lhe entire laser beam output
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I-I986<br />
If this definition is difficult to apply, <strong>the</strong> definition in<br />
3.2.3.3.1 may be applied and will result in a conservative<br />
Class I AEL.<br />
3,2.3.3.3 The Class 2 AEL's shall be determined<br />
in <strong>the</strong> same manner as Class I AEL'S except<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPE values are based on an exposure duration <strong>of</strong><br />
0,25 s (aversion response). For cw point source conditions,<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPE is 2.5 mW' cm-r.<br />
3.3 Laser and Laser Sysaem Hazard Classification<br />
Definitions. Tables I and 2 <strong>of</strong>fer a summary <strong>of</strong> levels<br />
<strong>for</strong> laser and laser system classification: Table I<br />
<strong>for</strong> cw lasers with an emission duration > 0.25 s and<br />
Table 2 <strong>for</strong> pulsed lasers with an emission duration<br />
< 0.25 s. (See Appendix A, Examplcs <strong>of</strong><br />
Classification <strong>of</strong> Lasers or Laser Systems).<br />
3,3,1 Class I Las€rs and Laser Systems<br />
3.3.1.1 Any laser, or laser system containing a<br />
laser. that cannot emit accessible laser radiation levels<br />
in excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />
possible duration inherent in <strong>the</strong> design or intended<br />
<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system is a Class I laser or<br />
laser system during normal operation and is exempt<br />
from all control measures or o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>for</strong>ms <strong>of</strong> surveillance<br />
with <strong>the</strong> exception <strong>of</strong> applicable requirements<br />
<strong>for</strong> embedded lasers. See 4.3.1.1. The exemption<br />
strictly applies to emitted laser radiation hazards and<br />
not to o<strong>the</strong>r potential hazards (see Section 7. Special<br />
Considerations).<br />
3.3.1.2 Lasers or laser systems intended <strong>for</strong> a<br />
specific <strong>use</strong> may be designated Class I by <strong>the</strong> LSO on<br />
<strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> that <strong>use</strong> <strong>for</strong> a t "* classification duration<br />
less than 3 x lOa s, provided that <strong>the</strong> accessible laser<br />
radiation does not exceed <strong>the</strong> corresponding Class I<br />
AELs <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum possible duration inherent in<br />
<strong>the</strong> design or intended <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system.<br />
3.3,2 Class 2 and Class 2a Visible Lasers and<br />
Laser Systems<br />
3.3,2.1 Class 2 lasers and laser systems incl ude:<br />
(l) Visible (0.4 to 0.7 pm) cw lasers and laser systems<br />
which can emit accessible radiant Dower<br />
exceeding <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximunr possible<br />
duration inherent in <strong>the</strong> design or intended <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
laser or laser system, but not exceeding I mW<br />
(2) Visible (0.4 to 0.7 pm) repetitively pulsed lasers<br />
and laser systems which can emit accessible radiant<br />
power exceeding <strong>the</strong> appropriate Class I AEL <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum possible duration inhercnt in <strong>the</strong> design or<br />
intended <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser svstem. but not<br />
R<br />
exceeding <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL <strong>for</strong> a 0.25 s exposure<br />
duration<br />
3^1,2,2 Visible (0.4 to 0.7 pm) laser and laser<br />
systems intended <strong>for</strong> a speciic <strong>use</strong> where <strong>the</strong> output<br />
is not intended to be viewed shall be designated<br />
Ctass 2a by <strong>the</strong> LSO, provided that <strong>the</strong> accessible<br />
radiation does not exceed <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL <strong>for</strong> an<br />
exposure duration less than or equal 1o ld s.<br />
3.3.3 Class 3a and Class 3b Lasers and l,aser<br />
Systems<br />
3J.3.1 Class 3a and Class 3b laser and laser<br />
systems include:<br />
( l) Infrared ( 1.4 Fm to I mm) and ultraviolet (0.2 to<br />
0.4 pm) lasers and laser systems which can emit<br />
accessible radiant power in excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum possible duration inherent in <strong>the</strong><br />
design <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system, but which<br />
(a) cannot emit an average radiant power in excess <strong>of</strong><br />
0.5W <strong>for</strong> 20.25s or (b) cannot produce a mdiant<br />
exposure <strong>of</strong> l0J'cm-2 within an exposure time<br />
< u.lJ s<br />
(2) Visible (0.4 to 0.7 pm) cw or rcpetitively pulsed<br />
lasers and laser systems which produce accessible<br />
radiant power in excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL <strong>for</strong> a<br />
0.25 s exposure time (l mW <strong>for</strong> a cw laser), but<br />
which cannot emil an average radiant power greater<br />
than O.5 W<br />
(3) visible and near-infrarcd (0.4 to 1.4 pm) singlepulsed<br />
lasers which can emit accessible radiant<br />
cnergy in excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL but which cannot<br />
produce a radiant exposurc that exceeds<br />
10 J 'cm-z or produce a hazardous diff<strong>use</strong> reflection<br />
as given in Table 3<br />
(4) Near-infrared (0.7 to 1.4 pm) cw lasers or pulsed<br />
lasers which can emit accessible radiant power in<br />
excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Class I AEL <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> r,"* inherent in <strong>the</strong><br />
design or intended <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laset system,<br />
but which cannot emit an average power <strong>of</strong> 0.5 W or<br />
greater <strong>for</strong> periods ) 0.25 s<br />
33.3.2 All Class 3 lasers and laser systems<br />
which have an accessible output power between I<br />
and 5 times <strong>the</strong> Class I AELs <strong>for</strong> wavelengths less<br />
than 0.4 pm or greater than 0.7 pm, or 5 times <strong>the</strong><br />
Class 2 AELs <strong>for</strong> wavelengths between 0.4 pm and<br />
0.7 pm, are Class 3a. See 4.7.3.1 .<br />
3.3.3.3 All Class 3 lasers and laser systems<br />
which do not meet <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> 3.1.3.2 shall<br />
be classified as Class 3b.
3.3.4 Ctass 4 Lasers and Laser Systems. Class<br />
4 lasers and lsser systems include:<br />
(l) Ultraviolet (0.2 to 0.4 pm) and infrared ( 1.4 pm to<br />
I mm) lasers and laser systems which (a) emit an<br />
average accessible radiant power in excess <strong>of</strong> 0.5 W<br />
<strong>for</strong> periods >,0.25 s or (b) produce a radiant exlxrsurc<br />
<strong>of</strong> l0 J ' cm-' <strong>for</strong> an exposure duration <strong>of</strong> < 0.25 s<br />
(2) Visible (0.4 to 0.7 ltm) and near-infrared (0.7 to<br />
1.4 pm) lasers and laser systems which (a) emil an<br />
average accessible radiant power <strong>of</strong> 0.5 w or greater<br />
<strong>for</strong> periods ) 0.25 s or (b) produce a radiant exposure<br />
in excess <strong>of</strong> lOJ'cm-2. or a hazardous dill'<strong>use</strong><br />
reflection as defined in Table 3. <strong>for</strong> Deriods < 0.25 s<br />
3.4 Environment in Which <strong>the</strong> Laser is Used. Following<br />
laser or laser system classification, environmental<br />
factors rcquire consideration. Their importance<br />
in <strong>the</strong> total hazard evaluation depends on <strong>the</strong><br />
laser classification. The decision by <strong>the</strong> LSO to<br />
employ additional control measures not specifically<br />
required in Section 4 <strong>of</strong> this standard, (or eliminate<br />
some thaa are), is influenced by environmental considerations<br />
principally <strong>for</strong> Class 3 and Class 4 lasers<br />
or laser Systems.<br />
The probability <strong>of</strong> personnel exposure to hazardous<br />
laser radiation shall be considered. This may be<br />
influenced by whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> laser is <strong>use</strong>d indoors or<br />
outdooni. Examples <strong>of</strong> indoor applications include<br />
lasers <strong>use</strong>d in a classroom, a machine shop, a closed<br />
research laboratory or on a factory production line.<br />
Examples <strong>of</strong> outdoor applications include lasers <strong>use</strong>d<br />
in a mining tunnel, a highway construction site, a<br />
military laser range, <strong>the</strong> atmosphere above occupied<br />
areas, a pipeline construction uench or in outer space.<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r environmental hazards (see Section 7) shall<br />
also be considered.<br />
If exposure <strong>of</strong> unprotected personnel to <strong>the</strong> primary<br />
or specularly reflected beam is possible, determination<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inadiance or radiant exposure <strong>for</strong> ihe primary<br />
or specularly reflected beam at that specific<br />
location, or <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> radiance <strong>of</strong> an extended source, is<br />
required. (See Appendix B.)<br />
Where applicable, e.9., in <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> unenclosed<br />
Class 3b and Class 4 beam paths, <strong>the</strong> LSO shall be<br />
responsible <strong>for</strong> establishing <strong>the</strong> Nominal Hazard<br />
Zone (NHZ). The NHZ describes <strong>the</strong> space within<br />
which <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> direct, reflected or scattered radiation,<br />
during normal operation, exceeds <strong>the</strong> applicable<br />
MPE. If <strong>the</strong> beam <strong>of</strong> an unenclosed Class 3b or<br />
Class4 laser or laser system is contained within a<br />
region by adequate control measures lo protecl<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
personnel from exposure to levels <strong>of</strong> radiation above<br />
<strong>the</strong> approp ote MPE, thst region may bc considcrcd<br />
ro conhin <strong>the</strong> NHZ. The NHZ may be determined by<br />
in<strong>for</strong>mation supplied by <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system<br />
manufacturer, by measurement, or by using <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate laser range equation or o<strong>the</strong>r equivalent<br />
assessment as described in this $ection and<br />
Appendix B<br />
The LSO shall assure that consideration is given to<br />
dir6ct, reflected and scattered radiation in <strong>the</strong> establishment<br />
<strong>of</strong> boundaries <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser conrolled area<br />
(see4.3.10). [f operation or maintenance peEonnel<br />
are required to be within <strong>the</strong> NHZ, appropriate control<br />
measures shall be established (see Section 4).<br />
During service, a temporary laser contf,olled area may<br />
be required (see 4.3. t2).<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> levels <strong>of</strong> radiation that escap€ <strong>the</strong> NHZ are<br />
maintained at or below <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE, no additional<br />
controls are required outside <strong>the</strong> NHZ.<br />
Viewing <strong>the</strong> main beam or a specular laser hrget with<br />
an optical instrument is potentially hazardous due to<br />
<strong>the</strong> instrument's light-ga<strong>the</strong>ring capability (see<br />
4.3-5.2 and B4.5, examples 2l and 22). Use <strong>of</strong> such<br />
optical systems may <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e effectively increase <strong>the</strong><br />
NHZ boundaries and must be considered in <strong>the</strong><br />
overall hazard analysis.<br />
3.4.1 lndoor Laser Operations. ln general, only<br />
<strong>the</strong> laser is considered in evaluating an indoor laser<br />
operation if <strong>the</strong> beam is enclosed or is operated in a<br />
controlled area. The step-by-steP procedure<br />
described in 3.4.1.1 through 3.4.1.4 is recommended<br />
fbr evaluaaion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NHZ <strong>of</strong> laser and laser systems<br />
when <strong>use</strong>d indoors if <strong>the</strong>re is a potential <strong>for</strong> exposure<br />
<strong>of</strong> unprotected personnel. In this evaluation consider<br />
all optics (lenses, mimors, fiber optics, etc.) which<br />
are a perrnanent pan <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser beam Path,<br />
3.4.1.1 Step l. Detemine and evaluate <strong>the</strong><br />
NHZ <strong>of</strong> all possible beam paths. Include multiple<br />
beam paths due to lack <strong>of</strong> fixed positioning and unintended<br />
Lream paths due to unstable mounts, bearing<br />
wear, vibration, etc]<br />
3,4.1.2 Step l. Determine <strong>the</strong> NHZ <strong>for</strong> specular<br />
reflections (as fi1)m optical surfaces).<br />
3.4.1.3 Step tl. Determine <strong>the</strong> exient <strong>of</strong> hazardous<br />
diff<strong>use</strong> reflections if <strong>the</strong> emergent laser beam is<br />
foc<strong>use</strong>d. Hazardori; diff<strong>use</strong> reflections are possible<br />
from a foc<strong>use</strong>d or imall-diameter beam <strong>of</strong> a Class 3<br />
laser. However, <strong>the</strong> angular subtense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> source is<br />
normally sufficiently small at all practical viewing<br />
distances that intrabeam MPEs apply. Determine <strong>the</strong>
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36. I. I 986<br />
NHZ.<br />
3.4.1.4 Slep 4. Determine <strong>the</strong> likelihood <strong>for</strong><br />
operation or maintenance personnel to be within <strong>the</strong><br />
NHZ during normal operation.<br />
3.4.15 Step 5. Determine if o<strong>the</strong>r (nonlas€r)<br />
hazards exist (see Section ?, Special Considerations),<br />
3,4.2 Outdoor Laser Operaaions Over<br />
Extended Distances. The total hazard evaluation <strong>of</strong><br />
a particular laser system depends on defining <strong>the</strong><br />
extent <strong>of</strong> several potentially hazardous conditions. In<br />
this evaluation, consider all optics (lenses, mirrors,<br />
fiber optics etc.) which are a permanent part <strong>of</strong> lhe<br />
laser beam path. This may be done in a step-by-step<br />
manner, as given in 3.4.2.I through 3.4.2.5.<br />
3.4.2.1 Step l Determine <strong>the</strong> NHZ <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
laser, Calculations <strong>of</strong> radiant exposure or beam irradiance<br />
as a function <strong>of</strong> ftrnge can be made with <strong>the</strong><br />
raDge equation <strong>for</strong> a circular beam (see Appendix B).<br />
These calculated ranges are only estimates beyond a<br />
few hundred meters. since uncertainties arise from<br />
atmospheric effects (<strong>for</strong> example, scintillation due to<br />
turbulence; see ?,6.3).<br />
3.4.2.2 Step 2. Evaluate potential hazards<br />
from transmission through windows and specular<br />
reflections, Specular surfaces ordinarily encountered<br />
(<strong>for</strong> example, windows and mirrors in vehicles and<br />
windows in buildings) arc oriented vertically and will<br />
usually reflect a horizontal beam in a horizontal<br />
plane.<br />
As much as 89o <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> beam's original inadiance or<br />
radiant exposure can be reflected toward <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
from a clear glass window which is oriented perpendicular<br />
to <strong>the</strong> beam. If <strong>the</strong> beam strikes a flat, specular<br />
surface at an angle, a much greater percentage <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> beam can be reflected beyond or to <strong>the</strong> side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
target area. If <strong>the</strong> beam strikes a still pond or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
similar surface at a grazing angle, effective<br />
reflectivity also may be high. Specular reflective surfaces,<br />
such as raindrops, wet leaves, and most o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
shiny natural objects, seldom reflect hazardous radiant<br />
intensities beyond a meter from <strong>the</strong>sc reflectors.<br />
3.4.2.3 Step 3. Determine whe<strong>the</strong>r hazardous<br />
diff<strong>use</strong> reflections exist (see Table 3 and 8.3.2.3,<br />
Examples 8 and 9). Determine <strong>the</strong> coresponding<br />
NHZ.<br />
3.4.2.4 Step 4. Evaluate <strong>the</strong> stabiliry <strong>of</strong> rhe<br />
laser platfom to determine <strong>the</strong> extent <strong>of</strong> lateral range<br />
control and <strong>the</strong> lateral constraints that should be<br />
placed on <strong>the</strong> beam traverse. Determine <strong>the</strong><br />
l0<br />
corresponding NHZ during normal operatlon.<br />
3.4.2.5 Step 5, Consider <strong>the</strong> likelihood <strong>of</strong> people<br />
being in <strong>the</strong> NHZ.<br />
3.5 Personn€I. The personnel who may b€ in <strong>the</strong><br />
vicinity <strong>of</strong> a laser and its emitted beam(s), including<br />
maintenance personnel, service personnel and <strong>the</strong><br />
operator, can influence <strong>the</strong> total hazard evaluation<br />
and hence influence <strong>the</strong> decision to adopt additional<br />
control measures not specifically required <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
class <strong>of</strong> laser being employed. This depends upon <strong>the</strong><br />
classification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system.<br />
35.1 If children or o<strong>the</strong>rs unable to read or und€rstand<br />
waming labels may be exposed to potentially<br />
hazardous laser radiation, <strong>the</strong> evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hazard<br />
is affected and control measures may require<br />
appropriate modifi cation.<br />
3.5.2 The type <strong>of</strong> personnel influences <strong>the</strong> total<br />
hazard evaluation. It must be kept in mind that <strong>for</strong><br />
certain lasers or laser systems (<strong>for</strong> example, military<br />
laser rangefinders and some lasers <strong>use</strong>d in <strong>the</strong> construction<br />
industry), <strong>the</strong> principal hazard conrol rests<br />
with <strong>the</strong> operator, whose responsibility is to avoid<br />
aiming <strong>the</strong> laser at personnel or flat mirrorlike surfaces.<br />
The following are considerations regarding operating<br />
personnel and those who may be exposed:<br />
( | ) Maturity <strong>of</strong>judgment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser <strong>use</strong>r(s)<br />
(2) General level <strong>of</strong> training and experience <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
<strong>use</strong>r(s) (that is, whe<strong>the</strong>r high school students, military<br />
personnel, production line operators, scientists, etc.)<br />
(3) Awareness on <strong>the</strong> part <strong>of</strong> onlookers that potentially<br />
hazardous laser radiation may b€ present and<br />
<strong>the</strong> relevant safety precautions<br />
(4) Degree <strong>of</strong> training in laser safety <strong>of</strong> all individuals<br />
involved in <strong>the</strong> laser's operation<br />
(5) Reliability <strong>of</strong> individuals to follow standard<br />
operating procedures (SOP) and recommended control<br />
procedures<br />
(6) Number <strong>of</strong> individuals and <strong>the</strong>ir location relative<br />
to <strong>the</strong> pdmary beam or reflections, and potential <strong>for</strong><br />
accidental exposure<br />
(71 O<strong>the</strong>r hazards not due to laser radiation which<br />
may ca<strong>use</strong> <strong>the</strong> individuals to rEact unexpectedly or<br />
which influence <strong>the</strong> choice <strong>of</strong> personnel protective<br />
equipment<br />
NOTE: Examples <strong>of</strong> typical lasers classified in accordance<br />
with this standard are given in Appendix A. Examples <strong>of</strong>
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I - 1986<br />
diagnostic, <strong>the</strong>rapeutic, or medical research purposes,<br />
by or under <strong>the</strong> direction <strong>of</strong> qualified pr<strong>of</strong>essionals<br />
engaged in <strong>the</strong> healing arts. However, those administering<br />
and assisting in <strong>the</strong> administering <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
radiation as well as <strong>the</strong> patient where applicable, shall<br />
be protected by <strong>the</strong> control measures as outlined<br />
hercin, and, as applicable, to <strong>the</strong> requirements as<br />
specified in <strong>the</strong> American National Standard <strong>for</strong> Laser<br />
Safety in Health Care Faciliries, ANSI Zt 36.3.<br />
4.1.4 El€ctrical, Beam Int€raction, and o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
Associated Hazards. The ancillary hazards associated<br />
with <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> laser or laser systems can be<br />
significant. For example, loss <strong>of</strong> life has occuned<br />
during elecrical servicing and testing <strong>of</strong> laser equipment<br />
incorporaiing high-voltage power supplies.<br />
In addition, toxic fumes, particulates and intense<br />
blackbody radiation (which can prcsent additional<br />
eye hazards) may be released during <strong>the</strong> interaction <strong>of</strong><br />
laser energy with materials. The controls <strong>for</strong> associated<br />
hazards are included in this section. and Section<br />
?.<br />
4.2 Laser Safety Officer (LSO). The LSO shall<br />
have <strong>the</strong> responsibility and authority to monitor and<br />
en<strong>for</strong>ce <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards and effect fte<br />
knowledgeable evaluation and control <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
hazards. This shall include, but not be limited to,<br />
such actions as establishing an NHZ, approving standard<br />
operating procedures (SOP's), avoiding<br />
unnecessary or duplicate controls, seleclion ol allernate<br />
controls and training. (See Sections l, 3, 5 and<br />
Appendix D.)<br />
4.3 Engineering Controls. The engineering control<br />
measules fol a )aser ol laser sysrems are as specified<br />
in4.3.1to4.3.15.<br />
Although corimercial laser products ihanufactured in<br />
compliance with <strong>the</strong> Federal Laser Product Pedormance<br />
Standard will be certified by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer<br />
and will incorporate some engineering controls, <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> additional conhols outlined in this section<br />
shall be considered in order to reduce <strong>the</strong> potential lbr<br />
hazard associated with some applications <strong>of</strong> lasers<br />
and laser systems.<br />
The engineering controls (per<strong>for</strong>mance features)<br />
which are supplied by <strong>the</strong> mtmufacturer <strong>of</strong> cenified<br />
products and are <strong>use</strong>d in this documenl are described<br />
in 4.3. l, 4.3.2, 4.3.-1, 4.3.4, 4.3.5. l, 4.3.7, 4.3.tt. 4.3.9,<br />
and 4.3.14.<br />
NOTE: Lasers and laser systems which have been altered<br />
by o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>r may necessitatc rccenilication,<br />
reclassilication and compliance reporl;ng under <strong>the</strong><br />
t1<br />
requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Federal Laser hoducl Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
Standard.<br />
4,3.1 Protective Housings: (All Classes). A protective<br />
housing shall be provided (except as noted in<br />
4.3. l.l ) <strong>for</strong> all classes <strong>of</strong> lasers or laser systems. (See<br />
4.4.8) The pmtective housing may require interlocks<br />
(4.3.2) and labels (4.7).<br />
43,1.1 Laser Use without Protecaive Housing:<br />
(All Classes). In some circumsiances, such as<br />
research and development and during <strong>the</strong> manufacture<br />
<strong>of</strong> la.sers, operation <strong>of</strong> laser or laser systems<br />
without a protective housing may become necessary.<br />
In such cases <strong>the</strong> LSO shall determine <strong>the</strong> hazard and<br />
ensure that controls are instituted appropriate to <strong>the</strong><br />
class <strong>of</strong> maximum accessible emission to assure safc<br />
operation. These controls may include, but not b€<br />
limited to:<br />
(l) access restriction (see 4.3.10)<br />
(2) eye protection (see 4.6.?)<br />
(3) area controls (see 4.3.10 and 4.3.1 l)<br />
(4) barriers, shrouds, beam stops etc. (see<br />
4.3.8)<br />
(5) administrative and pmcedural controls<br />
(see 4.4)<br />
(6) education and training (Section 5)<br />
43,2 Interlocks on Removablc Protective<br />
Housings (Embedded Class 3a, Class 3b or Class<br />
4). Protective housings which enclose embedded<br />
Class 3a, Class 3b or Class 4 lasers or laser systems<br />
shall be provided with an interlock system which is<br />
activated when <strong>the</strong> protective housing is intended to<br />
be opened during operation and maintenance. The<br />
interlock or interlock sysrem shall be designed to<br />
prevent access to laser radiation above <strong>the</strong> applicable<br />
MPE. The interlock may, <strong>for</strong> example, be electrically<br />
or mechanically interfaced to a shutter which interrupts<br />
<strong>the</strong> beam when <strong>the</strong> protective housing is<br />
removed (see 7.4.2 <strong>for</strong> electrical design criteria).<br />
Failsafe interlocks shall be provided <strong>for</strong> any ponion<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> protective housing which, by design, can be<br />
removed or displaced during normal operaiion and<br />
maintenance and <strong>the</strong>reby allows access to laser radialion<br />
<strong>of</strong> an embedded Class 3b or Class 4 laser. One<br />
method to fulfill <strong>the</strong> fail-safe requirement is <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong><br />
oI redundanl electrical series-connected interlocks.<br />
The protective housing interlock shall not be defeated<br />
or overridden during operation.
t<br />
The LSO should periodically confirm that protective<br />
hou$ing interlocks are functional.<br />
Adjustments or procedures during service on lasers or<br />
laser systems containing interlocks shall not ca<strong>use</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
interlocks to be inoperative when <strong>the</strong> equipment is<br />
restored to its normal operational condition, except ns<br />
noted in 4.3.1.1.<br />
4.3.3 Service Access Panels: (Embedded Class<br />
3b or Class 4). Ponions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> protective housing<br />
which are intended to be removed only by service<br />
personnel and permit direct access to laser radiation<br />
associated with an emb€dded Class 3b or Class 4<br />
laser or laser system shall ei<strong>the</strong>r:<br />
(l) be interlocked (fail-safe interlock nol<br />
required), or<br />
(2) require a tool <strong>for</strong> removal and shall have an<br />
appropriate warning label (see 4.7) on <strong>the</strong> panel.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> interlock can be bypassed or defeated, a waming<br />
label with <strong>the</strong> appropriate indicarions shall be<br />
located on or near <strong>the</strong> interlock. The design shall not<br />
permit <strong>the</strong> service access panel to be replaced with<br />
<strong>the</strong> interlock bypassed or defeated.<br />
4.3,4 Master Switch: (Class 3b or Class 4), A<br />
Class 3b laser or laser system should be provided<br />
with a master switch. A Class 4 laser or laser system<br />
shall be provided with a master switch. This mdster<br />
switch shalt be operated by a key, or by a coded<br />
access (such as a computer code).<br />
The authority <strong>for</strong> access to <strong>the</strong> master switch shall be<br />
vested in <strong>the</strong> appropriate supervisory personnel. The<br />
master switch shall be disabled when <strong>the</strong> laser or<br />
laser system is not intended to be <strong>use</strong>d.<br />
4.3.5 Vlewing Portals and Collecting Opaics<br />
4.3.5.1 Viewing Portals and Display Screens:<br />
(Class 2' Class 3a, Class 3b or Class 4). All viewing<br />
ponals and/or display screens included as an<br />
integral part <strong>of</strong> a Class 2, Class 3a, Class 3b or<br />
Class 4 laser or laser system shall incorporate a suitable<br />
means (such as interlocks, filters, attenuators) to<br />
maintain <strong>the</strong> laser radiation at <strong>the</strong> viewing position at<br />
or below <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE <strong>for</strong> all conditions <strong>of</strong><br />
operation and maintenance.<br />
4.3,5.2 Collecting Optics (Class 2, Class 3a,<br />
Class 3b or Class 4). All collecting optics (such as<br />
lenses, telescopes, microscopes, endoscopes, etc.,)<br />
intended <strong>for</strong> viewing <strong>use</strong> with a laser or laser system<br />
shall incorporate suitable means (such as interlocks,<br />
filters, attenuators) !o maintain <strong>the</strong> laser radiation<br />
transmitted through <strong>the</strong> collecting optics to l€vels at<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2136,I.I986<br />
or below <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE, under all conditions<br />
ol operation and maintenance.<br />
NOTE: Normal or prescription eyeweal are nor considered<br />
collecting optics.<br />
4.3.6 Beam Paths: (Class 3b or Class 4). Control<br />
<strong>of</strong> lhe laser b,:am path shall be accomplished as<br />
described in <strong>the</strong> following sections. (AIso, see<br />
Appendix B.)<br />
4.3.6.1 Totally Unenclosed Beam Path:<br />
(Class 3b or Class 4). In applications <strong>of</strong> Class 3b or<br />
Class 4 lasers or laser systems where fte entire beam<br />
path is unenclosed, a laser hazard analysis shall be<br />
effected by <strong>the</strong> LSO to establish <strong>the</strong> NHZ if not furnished<br />
by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer or available as part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
classification (see 3.4).<br />
The analysis will define <strong>the</strong> area where laset radiation<br />
is accessible at levels above <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE and<br />
will define <strong>the</strong> zone requiring control measures. A<br />
laser controlled area shall be established in this zone<br />
(see 4.3.10 and 4.3. | | ) and appropriate control measures<br />
shall be implemented based upon <strong>the</strong><br />
clussification associated with <strong>the</strong> maximum level <strong>of</strong><br />
accessible laser radiation.<br />
4.3.6.2 Limited Open Beam Path: (Class 3b<br />
or Class 4). In applications <strong>of</strong> Class 3b or Class 4<br />
lasers or laser systems where <strong>the</strong> beam path is<br />
confrned by design to significantly limit <strong>the</strong> degree <strong>of</strong><br />
accessibility <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> open beam, a hazard analysis shall<br />
be effected by <strong>the</strong> LSO ro establish <strong>the</strong> NHZ<br />
(see 3.4). The LSO shall establish controls approPriate<br />
to <strong>the</strong> magnitude and exte[t <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> accessible radiallon,<br />
Frequently <strong>the</strong> hazard analysis will define an<br />
extremely limited NHZ and procedural controls can<br />
pmvide adequate Protection.<br />
4.3.6.3 Enclosed Beam Palh: (All Classes).<br />
In applicaiions <strong>of</strong> laser or laser systems where <strong>the</strong><br />
entire beam path is enclosed, and <strong>the</strong> enclosure<br />
fulfills all requirements <strong>of</strong> a protective housing (i.e.,<br />
limits <strong>the</strong> exposure to <strong>the</strong> MPE; see 4.3.1 and 4.3 2),<br />
<strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> Class I are fullilled and no<br />
fur<strong>the</strong>r controls are required.<br />
When <strong>the</strong> protective housing requirements are temporarily<br />
relaxed, such as during service, <strong>the</strong> LSO<br />
shall establish <strong>the</strong> appropriate controls. These may<br />
include a temporary area control (see4.3.12) and<br />
adminisrative and procedural controls (see 4.4).
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI 36.I. I986<br />
43,7 Remoae Interlock Connector: (Class 3b or<br />
Class 4). A Class 3b laser or laser system should be<br />
provide.d with a remote interlock connector. A<br />
Class 4 laser or laser system shall b€ provided with a<br />
remote interlock connector.<br />
The interlock connector facilitates electrical connections<br />
to an emergency mastet disconnector interlock,<br />
or to a room, entryway, floor, or area interlock, as<br />
may be required <strong>for</strong> a Class 4 controlled area (see<br />
4.3.10.2).<br />
When <strong>the</strong> terminals <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> connector are open circuited,<br />
<strong>the</strong> accessible radiation shall not exceed <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate MPE levels.<br />
4.3,E Beam Stop or Attenuators (Class 3a,<br />
Class 3b or Class 4), A Class 3a or a Class 3b laser<br />
or laser system shoutd be provided with a permanently<br />
attached tream stop or attenuator.<br />
A Class 4 laser or laser system shall be provided with<br />
a permanently attached beam stop or attenuator.<br />
The beam stop or attenuator shall be capable <strong>of</strong><br />
preventing access to laser radiation in excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate MPE levet when <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system<br />
output is not requircd.<br />
There are many instances, such as during service,<br />
when a temporary beam attenuator placed over <strong>the</strong><br />
beam aperture can reduce <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> accessible laser<br />
radiation to levels below <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE level.<br />
Such a practice can replace <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>for</strong> laser<br />
eye protection <strong>for</strong> some critical alignment procedures.<br />
4.3.9 Laser Activation Warning Systems:<br />
(Class 3b or Class 4). An alarm (<strong>for</strong> example, an<br />
audible sound such as a bell or chime), a waming<br />
light (visible through protective eyewear), or a verbal<br />
"countdown"<br />
command should be <strong>use</strong>d with<br />
Class 3b, and shall be <strong>use</strong>d with Class 4 lasen or<br />
laser systems during activation or startup.<br />
Distinctive and clearly identifiable sounds which<br />
arise from auxiliary equipment (such as a vacuum<br />
pump or fan) and which are uniquely associated with<br />
<strong>the</strong> emission <strong>of</strong> laser radiation are acceptable as an<br />
audible waming.<br />
4.3,9.1 Emissior Delay (Class 4). For Class 4<br />
lasers or laser systems, <strong>the</strong> waming systcm shall be<br />
activated a sufficient time prior to emission <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
radiation to allow appropriate action to be taken to<br />
avoid exposure to <strong>the</strong> laser radiation.<br />
t4<br />
4.3.10 Indoor Laser Controlled Area (Class 3b<br />
or Class 4). A laser hazard analysis, including determination<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NHZ, shall be effected by <strong>the</strong> LSO.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> analysis determines that <strong>the</strong> classification associated<br />
with <strong>the</strong> maximum level <strong>of</strong> accessible radiation<br />
is Class 3b or Class 4, a laser conuolled area shall be<br />
established and adequate control measurcs instituted<br />
(see 4.3.10.1 or 4.3.10.2).<br />
NOTE: The rcquirements <strong>for</strong> nonenclosed laseN or laser<br />
systems inyolving <strong>the</strong> general public are detailed in 4.5.1.<br />
4.3.10.1 Class 3b Laser Controlled Are:<br />
(Class 3b). The Class 3b laser controlled area shall:<br />
(l)Be posted with <strong>the</strong> appropriate waming<br />
sign(s) (see 4,7), except as detailed in 4.5.1.10<br />
(2) Be operated by qualified and authorized<br />
personnel<br />
(3) Be operated in a manner such that <strong>the</strong> path<br />
is limited when <strong>the</strong> NHZ <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser beam must exit<br />
an indoor controlled area, particularly to <strong>the</strong> outdoors<br />
under adverse atmospheric conditions, i.e., rain, fog,<br />
snow, etc. See 4.3.1 I or 7.6<br />
In addition to <strong>the</strong> above, a Class 3b contmlled arca<br />
should:<br />
(l) Be under <strong>the</strong> direct supervision <strong>of</strong> an individual<br />
knowledgeable in laser safety<br />
(2) Be so located that access to <strong>the</strong> area by<br />
spectators is limited and requires approval, except as<br />
detailed in 4.5<br />
(3) Have any potentially hazardous beam terminated<br />
in a beam stop <strong>of</strong> an appropriate material<br />
(4) Have only diff<strong>use</strong> reflective materials in or<br />
near <strong>the</strong> beam path, where feasible<br />
(5) Have personnel within <strong>the</strong> controlled arca<br />
provided with <strong>the</strong> appropriate eye protection if <strong>the</strong>re<br />
is any possibility <strong>of</strong> viewing <strong>the</strong> direct or reflected<br />
beams<br />
(6) Have <strong>the</strong> laser secured such that <strong>the</strong> beam<br />
path is above or below eye level <strong>of</strong> a person in any<br />
standing or seated position, except as required <strong>for</strong><br />
medical <strong>use</strong><br />
(7) Have all windows, doorways, open ponals,<br />
etc. from an indoor facility be ei<strong>the</strong>r covered or restricted<br />
in such a manner as to r€duce <strong>the</strong> transmitted<br />
laser radiation to levels at or below <strong>the</strong> appmpriate<br />
ocular MPE<br />
(8) Requirc storage or disabling (<strong>for</strong> example,<br />
removal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> k€y) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system when
not in <strong>use</strong> to prcvent unauthorized <strong>use</strong><br />
4.3.10.2 Class 4 Laser Controlled Ar€g<br />
(Class 4). All personnel who regularly require entry<br />
into a Class 4 laser controlled area shall be adequately<br />
trained, provided with appropriate protecrive<br />
equipment, and follow all applicable administrative<br />
and procedural controls.<br />
All Class 4 area/entryway safety controls shall be<br />
designed to allow both rapid egrrss by laser person.<br />
nel at all times and admiB,ance to <strong>the</strong> laser controlled<br />
area under emergency conditions.<br />
For emergency conditions <strong>the</strong>rc shall be a clearly<br />
marked<br />
"Panic Button" (remote controlled connector<br />
or equivalent device) available <strong>for</strong> deactivating <strong>the</strong><br />
laser or reducing <strong>the</strong> output to <strong>the</strong> appropdate MPE<br />
levels.<br />
The Class 4 laser controlled area shatl be designed to<br />
fullill all items <strong>of</strong> 4.3.10.1, and in addition shall<br />
incorporate one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following altematives.<br />
( I ) Non-Defeatable (non-override) Area,/Entryway<br />
Safety Controls.<br />
Non-defeatable safely latches, entryway or area inLerlocks<br />
(e.g., electrical switches, pressure sensitive<br />
floor mats, infrared or sonic detectors) shall be <strong>use</strong>d<br />
to deactivate <strong>the</strong> laser or reduce lhe output to <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate MPE levels in <strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> unexpected<br />
entry into <strong>the</strong> laser controlled area. (See Figure 2a).<br />
(2) Defeatable Area/Entryway Safery Controls.<br />
Defeatable safety latches, entryway or area interlocks<br />
shall be <strong>use</strong>d if non-defeatable area/entryway safety<br />
controls limit <strong>the</strong> intended <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser<br />
system. For example, during normal usage requiring<br />
operation without interruption (e.9., long telm testing,<br />
medical procedures, surgery), if it is clearly evident<br />
that <strong>the</strong>re is no oplical radiation hazard at <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong><br />
entry, override <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> safety controls shall be permitted<br />
to allow access to authorized personnel provided<br />
that <strong>the</strong>y have been adequately trained and provided<br />
with adequate personal protective equipment. (See<br />
Figure 2a.)<br />
(3) Procedural Area,/Entryway Safety Controls.<br />
Where safety latches or interlocks are not feasible or<br />
are inappropriate, <strong>for</strong> example during medical procedures,<br />
surgery, etc., <strong>the</strong> followi[g shall apply (see<br />
Fig.2b):<br />
(a) All authorized personnel shall be adequately<br />
trained and adequate personal protective<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I -I986<br />
equipment shall be provided upon enry<br />
(b) A door, blocking barrier, screen, curtains,<br />
etc. shall be <strong>use</strong>d to block, scrcen or attenuate<br />
<strong>the</strong> laser radiation at <strong>the</strong> entryway. The level <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
radiation at <strong>the</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se devices shall not<br />
exceed <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE, nor shall personnel<br />
experience any exposure above <strong>the</strong> MPE immediately<br />
upon entry<br />
(c) From <strong>the</strong> entryway <strong>the</strong>re shall be a<br />
visible or audible signal indicating that <strong>the</strong> laser is<br />
energized and operating at Class 4 levels. A lighted<br />
laser waming sign or flashing light are two <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate methods to accomplish this requirement<br />
4.3.11 Outdoor Control Measures (Class 3b or<br />
Class 4). A Class 3b or Class 4 laser or laser system<br />
<strong>use</strong>d outdoors shall meet <strong>the</strong> following requircments:<br />
(l) The LSO shall effect an analysis to establish<br />
<strong>the</strong> NHZ if not available as pan <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
classification documentation nor fumished bv <strong>the</strong><br />
manufacturer<br />
(2) Unprotected, ultrained and unauthorized<br />
personnel shall be excluded from <strong>the</strong> beam path at all<br />
points where <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE is exceeded<br />
(3) Appmpriate combinations <strong>of</strong> physical barriers,<br />
screening, protective eye and body wear or<br />
appropriate adminisirative controls shall be <strong>use</strong>d if<br />
personnel are permitted within <strong>the</strong> NHZ<br />
(4) Directing <strong>the</strong> laser beam toward automobiles,<br />
aircraft or o<strong>the</strong>r manned vehicles shall be prohibited<br />
within <strong>the</strong> NHZ<br />
(5) The laser beam path shall not be maintained<br />
at or near personnel eye level without specific authorization<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO<br />
(6) The beam path shall be terminated where<br />
possible<br />
(7) When <strong>the</strong> laser is not being <strong>use</strong>d, it shall be<br />
disabled in a manner that prcvents unauthorized <strong>use</strong><br />
(8) Only qualified rmd authorized personnel<br />
shall operate <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system<br />
(9) The operation <strong>of</strong> Class 4 lasers or laser systems<br />
during rain or snow-fall or in fog or dusty atmosphere<br />
may produce hazardous reflections near <strong>the</strong><br />
beam. In such applications, <strong>the</strong> LSO shall effect an<br />
evaluation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> need <strong>for</strong>, and specify <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong>,<br />
appropriate personal protective equipment<br />
t5
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2136,I.1986<br />
4.3.12 Temporary Laser Controlled Area<br />
(Embedded Class 3b or Class 4). In those conditions<br />
where removal <strong>of</strong> panels or protective housings,<br />
over-riding <strong>of</strong> protective housing interlocks, or entry<br />
into <strong>the</strong> NHZ becomes necessary (such as <strong>for</strong> service),<br />
and <strong>the</strong> accessible laser radiation exceeds th€<br />
applicable MPE, a temporary laser controlled area<br />
shall be devised <strong>for</strong> an embedded Class 3b or Class 4<br />
laser or laser system.<br />
Such an area, which by its nature will not have <strong>the</strong><br />
built-in proteclive features as defined <strong>for</strong> a laser controlled<br />
area, shall provide all safety requirements <strong>for</strong><br />
all personnel, both within and without.<br />
A notice sign (see 4.7.4.3) shall be posted outside <strong>the</strong><br />
temporary laser controlled area to wam <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> potential<br />
hazafi.<br />
4.3.13 Remole Firing and Monitoring (Class 4).<br />
Whenever appropriate and possible, Class 4 lasers or<br />
laser systems should be monitored and fired from<br />
remote positions. The remote console should also<br />
include a laser activation waming system.<br />
4.3.14 Equipment Lab€lsr (All Classes Except<br />
Class l). All lasers or laser sysaems (except Class l)<br />
shall have appropriate waming labels (see 4.7) with<br />
<strong>the</strong> appropriate cautionary statement. The label shall<br />
be affixed to a conspicuous place on <strong>the</strong> laser housing<br />
or control panel. Such labels should be placed on<br />
both <strong>the</strong> housing and <strong>the</strong> control panel if <strong>the</strong>se are<br />
separated by more than 2 meters.<br />
NOTE: A Class 2a laser requires a label, but no symbol.<br />
Additional wording <strong>for</strong> non-laser hazards may bc required<br />
(see 7.4-61.<br />
4,3.15 Area Posting Signs (Class 2, Class 3a,<br />
Class 3b or Class 4). An area which contains a<br />
Class 2 or Class 3a laser or laser system should be<br />
posted with <strong>the</strong> appropriate sign as described in 4.7,<br />
except as noted in 4.5. l.10.<br />
An area which contains a Class 3b or Class 4 laser or<br />
laser system shall be posted with <strong>the</strong> appropriate sign<br />
as described in 4.7-<br />
A notice sign, as described in 4.7, shall be posted outside<br />
a temporary laser controlled area.<br />
4.4 Administrative and Procedural Controls.<br />
Administrative and procedural controls are methods<br />
or instructions which specify rules, or work practices,<br />
or both, which implement or supplement engineering<br />
contrcis and which may specify thc <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> personal<br />
protcctive cquipmcnt. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise specilied,<br />
administrative and procedural controls shall apply<br />
l6<br />
only to Class 3b and Class 4 lasers or laser systems.<br />
4.4.1 Standard Opersting Procedures: (Class<br />
3b or Class 4). The LSO should require approved<br />
written standard operating, maintenance and sewice<br />
procedures (SOP's) <strong>for</strong> Class 3b lasers or laser systems.<br />
The LSO shall require and approve written<br />
SOP'S <strong>for</strong> Class 4 lasers or laser systems. These<br />
written SOP's shall be maintained with <strong>the</strong> [aser<br />
equipment <strong>for</strong> rcference by <strong>the</strong> op€rator. and maintenance<br />
or service personnel.<br />
4.4.2 Output Emission Limitations: (Class 3a,<br />
Class 3b or Class 4). If, in <strong>the</strong> opinion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO,<br />
excessive power or radiant energy is accessible during<br />
operation and maintenance, <strong>the</strong> LSO shall take<br />
such action as required to rcduce <strong>the</strong> levels <strong>of</strong> accessible<br />
power or radiant energy to that which is commensurate<br />
with <strong>the</strong> required applicaaion.<br />
4.4.3 Education and Training: (Class 2, Class<br />
3a, Class 3b or Class 4). Education and training<br />
shall be provided <strong>for</strong> operators, maintenance or service<br />
personnel <strong>for</strong> Class 3a, Class 3b or Class 4 lasers<br />
or laser systems, Education and raining should be<br />
providcd <strong>for</strong> opcratoni. maintenance or service personnel<br />
<strong>for</strong> Class 2 lasers or laser systems. The level<br />
<strong>of</strong> training shall be commensurate with <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong><br />
potential hazard (see Section 5 and Appendix D).<br />
4.4.4 Authorized Personnel (Class 3b or Class<br />
4). Class 3b or Class 4 lasers or laser systems shall<br />
be operated, maintained or serviced only by authorized<br />
personnel. l-asers or laser systems with embedded<br />
Cla.ss 3b or Class 4 lasers shall be maintained or<br />
serviced only by authorized personnel if such procedures<br />
would permit access to levels which exceed<br />
<strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE (see Section 5).<br />
4.4.5 Alignment Procedures (Class 2, Class 3a'<br />
Class 3b or Class 4). Alignment <strong>of</strong> laser optical systems<br />
(mirrors, lenses, beam deflectors, etc.) shatl be<br />
per<strong>for</strong>med in such a manner that <strong>the</strong> primary beam, or<br />
a specular or diff<strong>use</strong> reflection <strong>of</strong> a beam, does not<br />
expose <strong>the</strong> eye to a level above <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE.<br />
Written procedures outlining alignment methods<br />
should be approved <strong>for</strong> Class 3b and shall be<br />
approved <strong>for</strong> Class 4 lasers or laser systems. The <strong>use</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> low power (Class I or Class 2) visible lasers <strong>for</strong><br />
path simulation <strong>of</strong> higher power lasers is recommended<br />
<strong>for</strong> alignment <strong>of</strong> higher power Class 3b or<br />
Class 4 visible or invisible lasers and laser systems.<br />
Experience has shown that a significant ocular hazard<br />
muy exist during olignment procedures.
4.4,6 Eye Protection (Class 3b or Class 4). Eye<br />
protection devices which are speciRcally designed <strong>for</strong><br />
protection against radiation from Class 3b lasers or<br />
laser systems should be administratively required and<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir <strong>use</strong> en<strong>for</strong>ced when engineering or o<strong>the</strong>r procedural<br />
and admiui$trative controls are inadequate to<br />
eliminate potential exposure in excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> appticable<br />
MPE (see 4.6).<br />
Eye protection devic€s which are specifically<br />
designed <strong>for</strong> protection against radiation from Class 4<br />
lasers or laser systems shall be administratively<br />
required and <strong>the</strong>ir <strong>use</strong> en<strong>for</strong>ced when engineering or<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r procedural and administrative controls are<br />
inadequate to eliminate potential exposure in excess<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE (see 4.6).<br />
When long-term exposure to visible lasers is not<br />
intended, <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE <strong>use</strong>d to establish <strong>the</strong><br />
optical density requircment <strong>for</strong> eye protection may be<br />
based on a 0.25 second exposure (see 8-2).<br />
When viewing an extended source or <strong>the</strong> diff<strong>use</strong><br />
reflection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> beam from a Class 3b or Class 4<br />
la,ser or laser system where intermediate viewing time<br />
is intended, e.g., optical alignment procedures, <strong>the</strong><br />
applicable MPE should be based upon <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />
viewing time anticipated during any given 8 hour<br />
period. For example, a maximum viewing time <strong>of</strong><br />
600 seconds is applicable <strong>for</strong> most alignment procedures<br />
when viewing a diff<strong>use</strong>ly reflecting target.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> extended source criteria (8.3) is not applicable<br />
due to a small beam size, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> exposure at <strong>the</strong><br />
comea from a diff<strong>use</strong> reflector may be estimated<br />
using <strong>the</strong> inverse square law relationship and <strong>the</strong><br />
intrabeam MPE criteria shall apply. See B.4.4.<br />
4.4.7 Spectators (Class 3b or Class 4). Spectators<br />
should not be permitted within a laser controlled<br />
area (see4.3.10 and 4.3.11) which contains a<br />
Class 3b laser or laser system and spectators shall not<br />
be permitted within a laser controlled area which contains<br />
a Class 4 laser or laser system unless:<br />
(l) appropriate supervisory approval has been<br />
obtained<br />
(2) <strong>the</strong> degree <strong>of</strong> hazard and avoidance procedure<br />
has been explained<br />
(3) appropriate protective measurcs are taken<br />
Laser demonstrations involving <strong>the</strong> general public<br />
shall be govemed by <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> 4.5.<br />
4.4.8 Seryice Personnel (All Classes). Personnel<br />
who require access to Class 3b or Class 4 lasers or<br />
laser systems contained within a protecdve housing<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I.I986<br />
or protected area enclosure <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Purpose <strong>of</strong> service<br />
shall comply with <strong>the</strong> appropriate control measures <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> enclosed or embedded laser or laser system. The<br />
service personnel shall have <strong>the</strong> education and training<br />
commensurate with <strong>the</strong> class <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser<br />
system contained within <strong>the</strong> pmtective housing.<br />
4.5 Special Considerations<br />
4.5.1 Laser Demonstrations Involving <strong>the</strong> G€neral<br />
Public. The following special control measures<br />
shall be employed <strong>for</strong> those situations where lasers or<br />
laser systems are <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> demonstration, anistic<br />
display, entertainment or o<strong>the</strong>r related <strong>use</strong>s where <strong>the</strong><br />
intended viewing group is <strong>the</strong> general public.<br />
Such demonstrations can be, but are not timited to,<br />
trade show demonstrations, artistic light per<strong>for</strong>mances,<br />
planetarium laser shows, disco<strong>the</strong>que lighting,<br />
stage tighting effects and similar special lighting<br />
effects that <strong>use</strong> lasers or laser systems emitting in <strong>the</strong><br />
visible wavelength range (0.4 to 0.7 pm).<br />
For <strong>the</strong> purposes <strong>of</strong> this section, <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE<br />
may be detemined by using <strong>the</strong> classilication duration<br />
defined as <strong>the</strong> total combined operational time <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> laser during <strong>the</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mance or demonshation<br />
within any single period <strong>of</strong> 3 x lOa seconds.<br />
4.5.1.1 Operational Requir€ments - Gen'<br />
erat. Only Class I laser or laser systems shall be<br />
<strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> general public demonstration, display' or<br />
entertainment in unsupervised areas without additional<br />
rcquirements,<br />
lf unsupervised, <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> Class 2 and Class 3a lasers<br />
or laser systeDs shall be limited to installations<br />
which prcvent access to <strong>the</strong> direct or specularly<br />
reflected beams or where <strong>the</strong> accessible radiation is<br />
maintained at <strong>the</strong> distance requirements specified in<br />
4.5.1.6.<br />
The <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> Class 3b or Class 4 lasers or laser systems<br />
shall be permitted only under <strong>the</strong> following conditions:<br />
(l) When <strong>the</strong> laser operation is under <strong>the</strong> control<br />
<strong>of</strong> an experienced, trained operator<br />
(2) When <strong>the</strong> laser is operated in a superyised<br />
laser installation as specified in 4.5.1.7<br />
(3) When <strong>the</strong> laser is operaaed in an unsupervised<br />
laser installation provided: (a) <strong>the</strong> LSO has<br />
assured that appropriate controls are incorporated<br />
which provide <strong>for</strong> an equivalent degree <strong>of</strong> protection<br />
to <strong>the</strong> general public: (b) a designated person, present<br />
at all times at <strong>the</strong> show or display, is responsible <strong>for</strong><br />
t7
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I-I986<br />
<strong>the</strong> immediate termination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser equipment in<br />
<strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> equipment malfunction, audience unruliness,<br />
or o<strong>the</strong>r unsafe conditions.<br />
For training <strong>of</strong> operators see Section 5.<br />
4.5.1.2 Invisible Laser Emission Limitations.<br />
The general public shall not be exposed nor have<br />
access to laser radiation emission at wavelengths outside<br />
<strong>the</strong> visible range (0.4 to 0.7 pm) at levels<br />
exceeding <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE levels under any possible<br />
conditions <strong>of</strong> operation.<br />
4,5.1.3 Optical Radlatlon Limlts <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> General<br />
Public. Laser radiation in <strong>the</strong> location where <strong>the</strong><br />
general public is normally allowed shall not exceed<br />
<strong>the</strong> applicable MPE levels during operation. hser<br />
radiation to be considered shall include reflections<br />
from all possible surfaces and scattering materials.<br />
4.5.1.4 Operator and Per<strong>for</strong>mers. Alt operators,<br />
per<strong>for</strong>mers and employees shall be able lo per<strong>for</strong>m<br />
<strong>the</strong>ir required functions without <strong>the</strong> need <strong>for</strong><br />
exposure to laser radiation levels in excess <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
applicable MPE level.<br />
4,5.1.5 Scanning Devices. Scanning devices,<br />
including rotating minored balls, shall incorporate a<br />
means to prevent laser emission if scan failure or<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r failure resulting in a change in ei<strong>the</strong>r scan velocity<br />
or amplitude would result in failure to fulfill <strong>the</strong><br />
criteria given in 4.5.1.3 and 4.5.1.4.<br />
4.5.1.6 Unsupervised Installaaions - Distanc€<br />
R€quirements. If a laser demonstration using<br />
a Class 2. Class 3a, Class 3b or Class 4 laser does not<br />
operate at all limes under <strong>the</strong> direct supervision or<br />
conhol <strong>of</strong> an experienced, trained operator, <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
radiation levels to which access can be gained shall<br />
be limited by baniers, windows, or o<strong>the</strong>r means so as<br />
not to exceed <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE. This<br />
limitation applies at any point less than 6 m above<br />
any surface upon which a penon in <strong>the</strong> general public<br />
is permitted to stand and to any point less than 2.5 m<br />
in lateral separation from any position where a person<br />
in <strong>the</strong> general public is permitted to be present du ng<br />
<strong>the</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mance or display. See Figures 2c, 2d and<br />
2e.<br />
4.5.1.7 Supervis€d Laser Installations. Laser<br />
demonstrations which do not meet <strong>the</strong> criteria stated<br />
in 4.5.1.6 shall be operated at all times under <strong>the</strong><br />
direct supervision or conrol <strong>of</strong> an experienced,<br />
trained operator who shall maintain constant surveillance<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser display and terminate <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
emission in <strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> equipment malfunction.<br />
audience unruliness or o<strong>the</strong>r unsafe conditions.<br />
18<br />
The operator shall have visual access to <strong>the</strong> entire<br />
area <strong>of</strong> concem. lf obstacles or size preclude visual<br />
access by <strong>the</strong> operator, <strong>the</strong>n multiple obsewers shall<br />
be <strong>use</strong>d, with a communication link to <strong>the</strong> operator,<br />
In such supervised installations accessible laser radiation<br />
shall be limited by baniers, windows or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
means so as to not exceed <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE (see<br />
4.5.1) at any point unless <strong>the</strong> following requirements<br />
arc mer:<br />
(l ) The accessible laser radiation is maintained<br />
a minimum distance <strong>of</strong> 3.0 m above any sudace upon<br />
which <strong>the</strong> general public would be able to stand during<br />
a per<strong>for</strong>mance. See Figure 2d.<br />
(2) The accessible laser radiation is maintained<br />
a minimum distance <strong>of</strong> 2.5 m in lateral separation<br />
from any position where <strong>the</strong> general public is permitted<br />
to be prcsent during <strong>the</strong> per<strong>for</strong>mance or demonstration.<br />
See Figure 2e.<br />
As a general practice, <strong>the</strong> largest practical venical<br />
and lateral separation distances should be employed<br />
wherever possible. However, if specific physical limitations<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> space in which <strong>the</strong> lasers are to be <strong>use</strong>d<br />
preclude compliance with <strong>the</strong> required minimum<br />
separations specified in (l) and (2), shorter separation<br />
distances may be utilized, provided that <strong>the</strong> LSO<br />
assures that altemative measurBs are established<br />
which assure an equivalent degree <strong>of</strong> protection to <strong>the</strong><br />
general public.<br />
4.5.1.8Beam Termination Requirements.<br />
All laser demonshation syslems shall be provided<br />
with a rcadily accessible means to effect immediate<br />
termination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser radiation. lf <strong>the</strong> demonstration<br />
does not require continuous supervision or<br />
operator control during its operation, <strong>the</strong>re must be a<br />
designated person at all times at <strong>the</strong> show or display<br />
who is responsible <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> immediate termination <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> laser radiation in <strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> equipment malfunction,<br />
audience unruliness or o<strong>the</strong>r unsafe cond.itions.<br />
45,1.9 Maximum Power Limitations. The<br />
maximum output power <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser shall be limited<br />
to <strong>the</strong> level required to pmduce <strong>the</strong> desired and<br />
intended effect within <strong>the</strong> limitations outlined in<br />
4.5.1.1 through 4.5.1.8.<br />
4.5.1,10 Posting <strong>of</strong> Warning Signs and<br />
l-ogm. If <strong>the</strong> laser installation fulfills all requirements<br />
as detailed in 4.5.1.1 through 4.5.1.9 - or as<br />
altematively provided by <strong>the</strong> LSO (see, <strong>for</strong> example,<br />
4.5.1.7\ - <strong>the</strong>n posting <strong>of</strong> area waming signs shall<br />
not be required.
4.5.1.11 Federal, Slste, or Local Require.<br />
ments, The lsscr operstor snd/or LSO responsible<br />
<strong>for</strong> producing <strong>the</strong> laser demonsfation should determine<br />
that any applicable federal, state, or local<br />
requirements are satisfr ed.<br />
4J,2 Laser Optical Fiber Transmission System.<br />
Laser transmission systems which employ optical<br />
cables shall be considered enclosed systems with<br />
<strong>the</strong> optical cable <strong>for</strong>ming part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> enclosure. If<br />
disconnection <strong>of</strong> a connector results in accessible<br />
radiation being reduced to below <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE<br />
by engineering conhols, connection or disconnection<br />
may take place in an uncontrolled area and no o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
control measures are required. When <strong>the</strong> system provides<br />
access to laser radiation above <strong>the</strong> applicable<br />
MPE via a connector, lhe conditions given in 4.5.2.1<br />
or 4.5.2.2, or <strong>for</strong> optical communication systems as<br />
specifled in <strong>the</strong> American National Standard <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Safe Use <strong>of</strong> Optical Fiber Communication Systems<br />
Utilizing Laser Diode and LED Sources, ANSI<br />
2136.2, shalt apply.<br />
4.5.2.1 Connection or disconnection during<br />
operation shall take place in an appropriate laser controlled<br />
area, in accordance with <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong><br />
4.3.12, if<strong>the</strong> MPE is exceeded.<br />
4.5.2.2 Connection or disconnection during<br />
maintenance, modification, or service shall take place<br />
in a temporary laser conuolled area, in accordance<br />
with 4.3.12 if <strong>the</strong> MPE is exceeded. When <strong>the</strong> connection<br />
or disconnection is made by means <strong>of</strong> a connector,<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r than one within a secured enclosure,<br />
such a connector shall be disconnectable onlv bv <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> a tool.<br />
When <strong>the</strong> connection or disconnection is made within<br />
a secured enclosure, no tool <strong>for</strong> connector disconnection<br />
shall be required, but a waming sign appropriate<br />
to <strong>the</strong> class <strong>of</strong> laser or laser system shall be visible<br />
when <strong>the</strong> enclosure is open.<br />
4.6 Personal Protective Equipment<br />
4.6.1 General. Enclosure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser equipment<br />
or beam path is <strong>the</strong> prefened method <strong>of</strong> control, since<br />
<strong>the</strong> enclosure will isolate or minimize <strong>the</strong> hazard.<br />
When o<strong>the</strong>r control measures do not provide adequate<br />
means to prevent access to direct or reflected beams<br />
at levels above <strong>the</strong> MPE, it may be necessary to <strong>use</strong><br />
p€rsonal protective equipment. It should be noted<br />
that personal protective equipment may have serious<br />
limitations when <strong>use</strong>d as <strong>the</strong> only contol measure<br />
with higher-power Class 4 lasers or laser systems; <strong>the</strong><br />
protective equipment may not adequately reduce or<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDZI36.I-I986<br />
eliminate <strong>the</strong> hazard.<br />
4,6.2 Prolective Eyewear (Class 3b or Class 4)<br />
4.6,2.1 Class 3b Laser. Protective eyewear<br />
should be wom whenever operational conditions may<br />
result in a potential eye hazard.<br />
4.6,2,2 Class 4 Laser. Protective eyewear<br />
shall be wom whenever operational conditions may<br />
result in a potential eye hazard.<br />
4,6.2.3 Eyewear <strong>for</strong> Proteciion Against<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r Agents. Physical and chemical hazards to <strong>the</strong><br />
eye can be rcduced by <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> face shields, goggles<br />
and similar protective devices. Consult American<br />
National Standard Practice <strong>for</strong> Occupational and Educational<br />
Eye and Face Protection, ANSI 287.1-1979<br />
(or latest revision <strong>the</strong>reo0,<br />
4,6.2.4 Factors in D€t€rmining Appropriate<br />
Eyewear. The following factors shall be considercd<br />
in determining <strong>the</strong> appmpriate protective ey€wear to<br />
be <strong>use</strong>d:<br />
( I ) Wavelength <strong>of</strong> laser output<br />
(2) Potential <strong>for</strong> multiwavelength operation<br />
(3) Radiant exposure or iradiance<br />
(4) Maximum permissible exposure (MPE)<br />
(see Section 8, Criteria <strong>for</strong> Exposure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Eye and<br />
Skin)<br />
(5) Optical density <strong>of</strong> eyewear at laser output<br />
wavelength<br />
(6) Visible light hansmission requirement<br />
(7) Peripheral vision r€quirement<br />
(8) Radiant exposure or irradiance and <strong>the</strong><br />
corresponding time factors at which laser. safety<br />
eyewear damage (penetration) occurs, including transient<br />
bleaching<br />
(9) Need <strong>for</strong> prescription glasses<br />
(10) Comfon and fit<br />
(l l) D€gradation <strong>of</strong> abs<strong>of</strong>ting media, such as<br />
photobleaching<br />
(12) Strength <strong>of</strong> materials (resistance to shock)<br />
(13) Capability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fmnt surface to produce<br />
a specular reflection<br />
4.6.2.5 OptlcalDensity<br />
4.6.2.5.1 Specification <strong>of</strong> Opaical Density'<br />
D1. The optical density (attenuation), D1, <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
piotective eyewear at a specific wavelength shall be<br />
19
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36. I. I986<br />
specified. Many lasers radiate at more than one<br />
wavelength; thus eyewear designed to have an adequate<br />
l)1 <strong>for</strong> a particular wavelength could have a<br />
completely inadequate Dt at ano<strong>the</strong>r wavelength<br />
radiated by <strong>the</strong> same laser. This problem may<br />
become panicularly serious with lasers that are tunable<br />
over broad wavelength bands. In such cases,<br />
altemative methods <strong>of</strong> eye protection, such as indir€ct<br />
viewing, may be more appropriate (e.9., image converte$.<br />
closed circuit TV).<br />
If <strong>the</strong> potenlial eye exposure is given by H/,, <strong>the</strong> optical<br />
density, DI, required <strong>of</strong> protective eyewear to<br />
reduce this exposure to <strong>the</strong> MPE is given by<br />
H<br />
D1= log;s<br />
lutfu = - log'<strong>of</strong>r<br />
where Ho is expressed in <strong>the</strong> same units as <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate MPE and Tt is <strong>the</strong> transmittance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
filter at <strong>the</strong> specific wavelength (see Section 8).<br />
NOTEi When thc laser beam ir smaller than <strong>the</strong> limiting<br />
aperture (L,{ ), <strong>the</strong> value <strong>of</strong> H/, is determined by averaging<br />
<strong>the</strong> beam energy over <strong>the</strong> limiting aperture (7 mm <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
0.4 to 1,4 Um region). This is required beca<strong>use</strong> <strong>the</strong> MPE<br />
value has been established (normalized) relative to <strong>the</strong> limiting<br />
aperture area. Use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> beam diamercr (o) to evaluate<br />
F/p <strong>for</strong> cases where a
using Class 4 lasers,<br />
4.6.4 O<strong>the</strong>r Personnel Protective Equipment.<br />
Respirators and hearing protection may be required<br />
whenever engineering contlols cannot provide protection<br />
from a harmful ancillary envimnment (see 7.1).<br />
4.7 Warning Signs and Labels<br />
4.7.1 Design <strong>of</strong> Signs. Sign dimensions, letter<br />
size and color. etc.. shall be in accordance with<br />
American Nationel Standard Specification <strong>for</strong><br />
Accident Prevention Signs, ANSI Z35-l-1972 (or <strong>the</strong><br />
latest revision <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong>). Figures la and lb show sample<br />
signs <strong>for</strong> Class 2, Class 3a, Class 3b and Class 4<br />
lasers or laser systems.<br />
4.7.2 Symbols. The laser hazard symbol shall be<br />
a sunburst panem consisting <strong>of</strong> two sets <strong>of</strong> radial<br />
spokes <strong>of</strong> different lengths and one long spoke, radiating<br />
from a common center.<br />
The color, dimensions, and location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> symbol<br />
within lhe sign shall be as specified in <strong>the</strong> American<br />
National Standard Specification <strong>for</strong> Accident Prevention<br />
Signs, ANSI 235.1- 1972, (or <strong>the</strong> latest revision<br />
<strong>the</strong>reoO.<br />
NOTE: Classification labeling in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />
Federal Laser Product Per<strong>for</strong>mance Standard may be <strong>use</strong>d<br />
to satisfy <strong>the</strong> labeling requirements in this section.<br />
4.7,3 Signal Words<br />
4.7.3.1 The signal word "Caution" shall be<br />
<strong>use</strong>d with all signs and labels associated with Class 2<br />
lasers and laser syslem.s and all Class 3a lasers and<br />
laser systems that do not exceed <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE<br />
<strong>for</strong> irradiance (see Figure ta). The signal word<br />
"Danger" shall be <strong>use</strong>d with all signs and labels<br />
associated with all o<strong>the</strong>r Class 3a, and all Class 3b<br />
and Class 4 lasen and laser systems (see Figurc lb).<br />
4.7,3.2 A Class 2a laser or laser system shall<br />
have a label affixed which instructs: "Avoid Long-<br />
Term Viewing <strong>of</strong> Direct Laser Radiation". This<br />
label need not bear <strong>the</strong> waming symbol (see 4.7.2) or<br />
signal words but must be clearly visible during operation<br />
and bear <strong>the</strong> designation "Class 2a Laser".<br />
4.7.3.3 The word "Radiation" on signs and<br />
labels may be replaced by <strong>the</strong> word "Light"<br />
<strong>for</strong><br />
lasers operating in <strong>the</strong> visible mnge at wavelengths<br />
greater than 0.4 pm and equal to or less than 0.7 pm.<br />
For lasers operating outside <strong>of</strong> this visible range th€<br />
word "invisible" shall be placed prior to <strong>the</strong> word<br />
"radiation".<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI 36. I.I986<br />
4.7.4 Inclusion <strong>of</strong> Pertinent In<strong>for</strong>mation. Signs<br />
and labels shall con<strong>for</strong>m to <strong>the</strong> following<br />
specifications.<br />
4.7.4.1 The rypropriate signal word (Caution or<br />
Danger) shall be located in <strong>the</strong> upper panel.<br />
4.7.4.2 Adequate spac€ shall be left on all signs<br />
and labels to allow <strong>the</strong> inclusion <strong>of</strong> pertinent in<strong>for</strong>manon.<br />
Such in<strong>for</strong>mation may be included during <strong>the</strong> printing<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sign or label or may be handwritten in a legible<br />
manner, and shall include <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
(l) At position I above <strong>the</strong> tail <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sunburst,<br />
special precautionary instructions or protective<br />
actions required by <strong>the</strong> reader such as:<br />
(a) For Class 2 and Class 3a lasers and<br />
laser systems wherc <strong>the</strong> accessible irradiance does not<br />
exceed <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE based upon a 0.25<br />
second exposure (see 3.2.3.3.3)<br />
"Laser Radiation -<br />
Do Not Stare into Beam or View with Optical Instruments"<br />
(b) For all o<strong>the</strong>r Class 3a las€rs and laser<br />
systems, "l-aser Radiation - Avoid Direct Eye<br />
Exposure"<br />
(c) For all Class 3b lasers and laser systems,<br />
"Laser Radiation - Avoid Direct Exposure to<br />
Beam"<br />
(d) For Class 4 lasers and laser systems,<br />
"Laser<br />
Radiation - Avoid Eye or Skin Exposure to<br />
Direct or Scattered Radiation"<br />
(2) At position I above <strong>the</strong> tail <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sunburst,<br />
special precautionary instructions or protecliv€ action<br />
such as: Invisible Laser Radiation; Knock Be<strong>for</strong>e<br />
Entering; Do Not Enler When Light is On; Restricted<br />
Arcai etc,<br />
(3) At posilion 2 below <strong>the</strong> tail <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sunbuIst,<br />
type <strong>of</strong> laser (Ruby, Helium-Neon, etc.), or <strong>the</strong> emitted<br />
wavelength, pulse duration (if appropriate), and<br />
maxtmum output<br />
(4) At position 3, <strong>the</strong> class <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser or laser<br />
sysrem<br />
4.7,4.3 Temporary Laser Controlled Area<br />
Signs: lClass 3b or Class 4). A notice sign (see<br />
Figure lc) shall be posted outside a temporary laser<br />
controlled area (see4.3.12) <strong>for</strong> example, during<br />
periods <strong>of</strong> service. When a temporary laser controlled<br />
area is created, <strong>the</strong> area outside <strong>the</strong> temporary<br />
area remains Class l, while <strong>the</strong> area within is ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />
Class 3b or class 4 and <strong>the</strong> appropriate danger<br />
?l
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2136,1- I986<br />
waming is required. (See Figure lb.)<br />
4.7.4.4 Display Signs and Labels, All signs<br />
and labels shall be conspicuously displayed in locations<br />
where <strong>the</strong>y best will serve to wam onlookers.<br />
4.7.4.5 Existing Signs and Labels. Signs and<br />
labels prepared in accordance with previous revisions<br />
<strong>of</strong> this standard are considered to fulfill <strong>the</strong> recuirement<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> standard.<br />
4.E Service and Repair <strong>of</strong> Laser Systerns. Following<br />
any service or repair which may affect <strong>the</strong> output<br />
power or operating characteristics <strong>of</strong> a laser or laser<br />
system so as to make it potentially more hazardous,<br />
<strong>the</strong> LSO shall ascenain whe<strong>the</strong>r any changes are<br />
required in control measures.<br />
4.9 Modiffcation <strong>of</strong> Laser Systems. Whenever deliberate<br />
modifications are made which could change a<br />
laser or laser system's class and affect its output<br />
power or operating characteristics so as to make it<br />
potentially more hazardous, <strong>the</strong> LSO shall ascenain<br />
whe<strong>the</strong>r any changes and control mgasures are<br />
required.<br />
5. Laser Safety and Training Programs<br />
5.1 Organization. The management (employer)<br />
shall establish and maintain an adequate program <strong>for</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards. Safety and training progmms<br />
shall be required <strong>for</strong> Class 3a, Class 3b or<br />
Class 4 lasers and laser systems. Safety and training<br />
programs should be required <strong>for</strong> Class 2 lasers and<br />
laser systems. Safety and training programs are not<br />
required <strong>for</strong> Class I or Class 2a lasers and la,ser systems,<br />
The program shall include provisions <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
following:<br />
(1) Delegarion <strong>of</strong> authority and responsibility to <strong>the</strong><br />
LSO <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> monitoring and en<strong>for</strong>cement <strong>of</strong> hazard<br />
evaluation and control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards. Depending<br />
on <strong>the</strong> extent and number <strong>of</strong> laser operations, <strong>the</strong><br />
position <strong>of</strong> LSO may or may not be a full-time<br />
assignment. Where <strong>the</strong> number and diversity <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
operations warrants, an nssociated Safety Committee<br />
may be <strong>for</strong>med and utilized. When <strong>the</strong>re is normally<br />
no requirement <strong>for</strong> an LSO, such as <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong><br />
Class I or Class 2 lasers and laser systems which<br />
contain lasers with a higher classification, <strong>the</strong> designation<br />
<strong>of</strong> LSO <strong>for</strong> temporary periods <strong>of</strong> access <strong>for</strong><br />
servicing, training, etc, may be <strong>the</strong> responsibility <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> organization requiring access, such as a service<br />
22<br />
organization. However, <strong>the</strong>re shall be a designated<br />
LSO <strong>for</strong> all circumstances <strong>of</strong> operations <strong>of</strong> a laser or<br />
laser system above Class 2. Specific minimum duties<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO are detailed in l3.2<br />
(2) Education <strong>of</strong> authorized penonnel (LSOs, operators,<br />
sewice personnel and o<strong>the</strong>rs) in <strong>the</strong> assessment<br />
and control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards. This may be accomplished<br />
thmugh training programs<br />
(3) Application <strong>of</strong> adequate protective measures <strong>for</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards as required in Section 4<br />
(4) Incident investigation, including reporting <strong>of</strong><br />
alleged accidents, and preparation <strong>of</strong> action plans <strong>for</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> futur€ prevention <strong>of</strong> accidents following a known<br />
or susp€cted incident. (See reference [7] in D7 <strong>for</strong><br />
Federal reporting requirements.)<br />
(5) Provide an appropriate rnedical surveillance pmgram<br />
in accordance with Section 6<br />
A guide <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> organization <strong>of</strong> a laser safety proglam<br />
is outlined in Appendix D.<br />
5.2 Education. The management shall provide<br />
training to <strong>the</strong> LSO on <strong>the</strong> potential hazards (including<br />
bioeffects), control m€asures, applicable standards,<br />
medical surveillance (if applicable) and o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
pertinent in<strong>for</strong>mation pertaining to laser safety or provide<br />
to <strong>the</strong> LSO adequate consultive services. The<br />
training shall be commensurate to at least <strong>the</strong> highest<br />
class <strong>of</strong> laser under <strong>the</strong> jurisdiction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO.<br />
Safety raining program(s) shall be provided to <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>use</strong>rs <strong>of</strong> Class 3a, Class 3b or Class 4 lasers and laser<br />
systemsr and should be provided to <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>rs <strong>of</strong><br />
Class 2 lasers and laser systems. Users shall include<br />
operators, technicians, engineers, maintenance and<br />
service personnel, etc., working with lasers. The<br />
training shall ensure that <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>rs are knowledgeable<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> potential hazards and <strong>the</strong> control mealurcs <strong>for</strong><br />
laser equipment <strong>the</strong>y may have occasion to <strong>use</strong>.<br />
Where applicable, training shall include elecrical<br />
safety and cardiopulmonary rcsuscitation (CPR).<br />
(See 7.4.7.)<br />
A guide <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> organization <strong>of</strong> a training program is<br />
outlined in D6.<br />
5.3 lmplementation. The management shall provide<br />
adequate supewision, personnel training, facilities,<br />
equipmeDt fid supplies to control potential<br />
hazands <strong>of</strong> laser and laser systems.
6. MedicalSurveillance<br />
6.1 General. The radonale <strong>for</strong> medical surveillance<br />
requirements <strong>for</strong> personnel working in a laser<br />
enyironment and specific in<strong>for</strong>mation <strong>of</strong> value to examining<br />
or attending physicians are included in<br />
Appendix E. Medical surveillance requirements have<br />
been limited to those that are clearly indicated, based<br />
on known risks <strong>of</strong> particular kinds <strong>of</strong> laser radiation.<br />
Medical surveillance is not required <strong>for</strong> personnel<br />
using Class l, Class 2, Class 2a or Class 3a lasers and<br />
laser systems as defined in 3.3.3.2 and is required <strong>for</strong><br />
Class 3b and Class 4lasers and laser systems. Some<br />
employers may wisb to provide <strong>the</strong>ir employees with<br />
additional examinations <strong>for</strong> medical-legal reasons, to<br />
con<strong>for</strong>m with established principles <strong>of</strong> what constitutes<br />
a thorough ophthalmologic or dermatologic<br />
examination, or as pan <strong>of</strong> a planned epidemiologic<br />
study. Fur<strong>the</strong>r in<strong>for</strong>mation is provided in<br />
Appendix E.<br />
6.2 Personnel Categories. Each emptoyee's<br />
category shall be determined by <strong>the</strong> LSO in charge <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> installation involved. The indiyiduals who should<br />
be under laser medical surveillance are defined in<br />
6.2.1 and 6.2.7.<br />
6,2.1 Incidental Personnel. Incidental personnel<br />
are those whose work makes it possible (but unlikely)<br />
that <strong>the</strong>y will be exposed to laser energy sufficient to<br />
damage <strong>the</strong>ir eyes or skin, e.9., custodial, military<br />
personnel on maneuvers, clerical, and supervisory<br />
personnel not working directly with laser devices.<br />
6.2.7 Lasel Personnel. l,aser personnel are those<br />
who work routinely in laser environments. These<br />
individuals are ordinarily fully protected by engineering<br />
controls or administrative procedures, or both.<br />
6.3 Ceneral Procedures<br />
6.3.1 Incidental personnel shall have an eye examination<br />
<strong>for</strong> visual acuity (see Appendix E <strong>for</strong> fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />
details).<br />
6.3.2 t aser personnel shall be subject to <strong>the</strong> following<br />
baseline eye examination:<br />
Ocular history (E2.2.1). If <strong>the</strong> ocular history shows<br />
no probfems and visual acuity (E2.2.2) is found to be<br />
2OIZO (616 in each eye <strong>for</strong> far, and Jaeger l+ <strong>for</strong> near)<br />
with corrections (whe<strong>the</strong>r wom or not), central visual<br />
fields (82.2.3) and contrast sensitivity (E2.2.4) are<br />
normal, no fur<strong>the</strong>r examination is required. Laser<br />
workers with medical conditions noted in E2.2.1<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
should be evaluated carefully with respect to <strong>the</strong><br />
potential <strong>for</strong>chronic exposure to laser radiation, Any<br />
deviations from acceptable per<strong>for</strong>mance will rcquire<br />
an identification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> underlying pathology ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />
by a funduscopic examination (E2.2.5), or o<strong>the</strong>r tests<br />
as determined appropriate by <strong>the</strong> responsible medical<br />
examiner.<br />
6.4 Frequency <strong>of</strong> Medical Examinations. For both<br />
incidental and laser personnel, required examinations<br />
shall be per<strong>for</strong>med prior to panicipation in laser<br />
work. Following any suspected laser injury, <strong>the</strong> pertinena<br />
required examinations will be repeated, in<br />
addition to whatever o<strong>the</strong>r examinations may b€<br />
desired by <strong>the</strong> altending physician. Periodic examinations<br />
are not required.<br />
7. SpecialConsiderations<br />
7.1 Industrial Hygiene Considerations. In many<br />
laser applications industrial hygiene aspects may<br />
require consideration. Associated hazards shall be<br />
evaluated and appropriate conhol measures taken.<br />
Some examples <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se aspects are hazards associated<br />
with compressed gas, fumes, cryogenic materials,<br />
toxic and carcinogenic materials, noise and ionizing<br />
radiation. Adequate local exhaust ventilation<br />
shall be installed to reduce po@ntialty hazardous<br />
fumes and vapors produced by laser welding, cutting<br />
and o<strong>the</strong>r laser target interactions to levels b€low <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate threshold limit values. Appendix F provides<br />
reference material to aid in <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> such<br />
hazards.<br />
7,2 Explosion Hazards. High-pressure arc lamps<br />
and filament lamps in laser equipment shall be<br />
enclosed in housings which can withstand <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />
explosive pressures resulting from lamp disintegration.<br />
The laser target and elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optical<br />
train which may shaltcr during lascr operalion shall<br />
also be enclosed or equivalently protected to prevent<br />
injury to operators and observers.<br />
7.3 Optical Radiation Hazards - (O<strong>the</strong>r than<br />
Laser Beam Hazards). Ultraviolet radiation emi ed<br />
from laser discharge tube$ and pumping lamps (i.e.,<br />
not part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> primary laser beam) shall be suitably<br />
shielded so that personnel exposures are maintained<br />
within <strong>the</strong> threshold limit values specified by <strong>the</strong><br />
American Conference <strong>of</strong> Govemmental lndustrial<br />
Hygienists.
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2136,I - I986<br />
Studies have shown that plasma emissions created<br />
during a laser-welding process may have sufficient<br />
ult.aviolet and/or blue light content (0.2 to 0.55 pm)<br />
to raise concem <strong>for</strong> operators viewing a laser-welding<br />
proc€ss on a long-term basis without additional protection<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> plasma emission.<br />
7.4 El€ctrical Harards. Electrocutions have<br />
occurred to a number <strong>of</strong> individuals touble-shooting<br />
or sewicing laser equipment. Generally <strong>the</strong> individual<br />
was working alone or o<strong>the</strong>r personnel working<br />
nearby did not know how to administer Cardiopulmonary<br />
Resuscitation (CPR, see 7.4.7). The importance<br />
<strong>of</strong> adequate training, and <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> "buddy<br />
system" when working around high voltage laser<br />
power supplies cannot be overstressed. Protective<br />
electrical circuit design is also important. The laser<br />
resonator and electro-optical elements should be<br />
designed so that no exposed metallic element is<br />
above ground potential.<br />
7.4.1 Installation, The intended application <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> laser equipment determines <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> electrical<br />
installation and connection to <strong>the</strong> power supply<br />
circuit (<strong>for</strong> example, conduit vs flexible cord). All<br />
equipment shall be installed as specified in <strong>the</strong><br />
National Electrical Code. Such installed equipment<br />
is acceptable to <strong>the</strong> U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Labor, Occupational<br />
Safety and Health Administration, if<br />
accepted, certified, listed, labeled. or o<strong>the</strong>rwise deter'<br />
mined safe by a qualitied testing laboratory, such as,<br />
but not limited to, Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and<br />
Factory Mutual Corporation.<br />
7.4.2 Shock Hazard. Live parts <strong>of</strong> circuits and<br />
components with peak open-circuit potentials over<br />
42.5 volts are considered hazardous, unless limited to<br />
less than 0.5 mA. Such circuits require positive protection<br />
against contact. For equipment intended <strong>for</strong><br />
general <strong>use</strong>, interlock switches (and capacitor bleeder<br />
resistors, if applicable) or <strong>the</strong>ir equivalent shall be<br />
installed to remove <strong>the</strong> voltage from accessible live<br />
parts to permit servicing operation. Bleeder resisron<br />
shall be <strong>of</strong> such size and rating as to carry <strong>the</strong> capacitor<br />
discharge current without bumout or mechanical<br />
injury. Circuits and components with peak opencircuit<br />
potentials <strong>of</strong> 2500 volts or more shall be adequately<br />
covered or enclosed if an appreciable capacitance<br />
is associated with <strong>the</strong> circuits.<br />
If servicing <strong>of</strong> equipment requires entrance into an<br />
interlocked enclosure within 24-hours <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> presence<br />
<strong>of</strong> high voltage within <strong>the</strong> unit, a solid metal grounding<br />
rod shall be utilized to ensure discharge <strong>of</strong> highvoliage<br />
capacitors. The grounding rod shall be firmly<br />
attached to ground prior to contact with <strong>the</strong> potentially<br />
live point. A resistor grounding rod (<strong>for</strong> example,<br />
a large-wattage ceramic resistor) may be <strong>use</strong>d<br />
pfior to applicadon <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> solid conductor grounding<br />
rod to protect circuit components from overly rapid<br />
discharge, but shall not be <strong>use</strong>d as a replacement'<br />
7.4.3 Grounding, The frames, enclosures and<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r accessible nontunenttarrying metallic parts<br />
<strong>of</strong> laser equipment shall be grounded. Grounding<br />
shall be accomplished by providing a rcliable, con'<br />
tinuous metallic connection between <strong>the</strong> part or parts<br />
to be grounded and <strong>the</strong> grounding conductor <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
power wiring system.<br />
7.4,4 Electrical Fire Hazards' Components in<br />
electrical circuits shalt be evaluated with r€spect to<br />
6re hazards. Enclosures, barriers or baffles <strong>of</strong> nonmetallic<br />
material shall comply with "Polymeric<br />
Materials <strong>for</strong> <strong>use</strong> in Electric Equipment," Underwriters<br />
Laboratories Standard, UL 746C.<br />
7.4.5 Electrical Hazards from Explosion. Gas<br />
laser tubes and llash lamps shall be supponed to<br />
ensure that <strong>the</strong>ir terminals cannot make any contact<br />
which will result in a shock or fire hazard in <strong>the</strong> event<br />
<strong>of</strong> a tube or lamp failure. Components such as electrolytic<br />
capacitors may explode if subjected to voltages<br />
higher than <strong>the</strong>ir ratings, with <strong>the</strong> result that<br />
ejected metal may bridge live electrical parts' Such<br />
capacitors shall be tesbd to make cenain that <strong>the</strong>y<br />
can withstand <strong>the</strong> highest probable potentials should<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r circuit componenls fail, unless lhe capacitors<br />
are adequately contained so as not to crcate a hazard.<br />
7.4.6 Marking. The <strong>use</strong>r shall ensure that each<br />
laser is permanently marked with its Primary electrical<br />
rating in volts, frequency, and watts or amperes.<br />
If <strong>the</strong> laser is intended <strong>for</strong> <strong>use</strong> by <strong>the</strong> public or by p€r'<br />
sonnel untrained in laser safety, and is provided with<br />
clectrical safety interlocks, waming notices instructing<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>r not to defeat <strong>the</strong> interlock should be<br />
applied to <strong>the</strong> device immediately adjacent <strong>the</strong>reto.<br />
7.4,7 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR).<br />
Laser service personnel, research personnel and <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
assistants working with high voltages shall be trained<br />
in CPR. Periodic refresher courses shall be provided<br />
by <strong>the</strong> employer.<br />
7,5 Flammability <strong>of</strong> Laser Beam Enclosures.<br />
Enclosure <strong>of</strong> Class 4 laser beams can result in potential<br />
fire hazards if suitable enclosure materials are<br />
likely to be exposed to iffadiances exceeding<br />
lOWcm2 or total beam powers exceeding 0.5 W.<br />
Plastic materials and paper producb are not
precluded, but <strong>the</strong>ir <strong>use</strong> and potential <strong>for</strong> direct expo-<br />
$ure should be considercd. Flame resictant materials<br />
should be encouraged.<br />
7.6 Laser Operation in Outdoor Environments<br />
7.6.1 Use <strong>of</strong> Lasers in Navigable Airspace, The<br />
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is responsible<br />
<strong>for</strong> regulating <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> and efficient utilization <strong>of</strong><br />
navigable airspace to ensurc <strong>the</strong> safety <strong>of</strong> aircraft and<br />
<strong>the</strong> protection <strong>of</strong> people and propefly on <strong>the</strong> ground.<br />
Laser experiments or programs that will involve <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> navigable airspace should be coordinated with<br />
<strong>the</strong> FAA (Washington, DC 20590, or any FAA<br />
regional <strong>of</strong>fice) in <strong>the</strong> planning stages to ensure<br />
pmper control <strong>of</strong> any attendant hazard to airbome<br />
personnel or equipment.<br />
7.6.2 Laser Beam Attenuation. The effects <strong>of</strong><br />
attenuation on a laser beam traveling through a<br />
homogeneous but lossy medium can be trested at<br />
visible wavelengths by using an exponential attenuation<br />
coefficient. (See B.4.) For propagation at longer<br />
wavelengths, individual lines must be separately<br />
determined, panicularly at wavelengths where <strong>the</strong><br />
effects <strong>of</strong> waier vapor become important.<br />
7.6.3 Scintillation, Scintillation arises from local<br />
variations in <strong>the</strong> refractive index <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> medium<br />
through which a laser beam is propagated. It ca<strong>use</strong>s<br />
random pointing, spreading, blurring and energy<br />
redistribution <strong>of</strong> a beam. A "worst-case" analysis<br />
shall be <strong>use</strong>d in evaluating <strong>the</strong> potential ocular hazard<br />
from such scintillation €ffects.<br />
NOTE: References <strong>use</strong>ful <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> special considerations<br />
covered in 7-l through 7.6 may be found in Appendix F.<br />
8. Criteria <strong>for</strong> Exposure <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong> Eye and Skin<br />
Maximum prermissibte exposure (MPE) values are<br />
below known hazardous levels. Levels at <strong>the</strong> MPE<br />
values given may be uncomfonable to view or feel<br />
upon <strong>the</strong> skin. Thus, it is good practice to maintain<br />
exposure levels as far below <strong>the</strong> MPE values as is<br />
practicable.<br />
When a laser emits radiation at several widely different<br />
wayelengths, or where pulses are superimposed<br />
on a cw background, computation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> MPE is<br />
complex. Exposures from several wavelengths in <strong>the</strong><br />
same time domain are additive on a proportional<br />
basis <strong>of</strong> specral effectiveness with due allowance <strong>for</strong><br />
all correction factors. The simultaneous exposure to<br />
pulses and cw radiation is not strictly additive (<strong>the</strong>re<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.1-I986<br />
may be synergism) and caution should be <strong>use</strong>d in<br />
<strong>the</strong>se situations until more data arc available.<br />
The limiting aperture shall be <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> measurements<br />
and calculations with all MPE values. The limiting<br />
aperture is <strong>the</strong> maximum circular area over which<br />
irradiance and radiant exposure can be averaged. See<br />
Table 9 and Fig. 13 <strong>for</strong> proper application <strong>of</strong> this<br />
aPenurc.<br />
In <strong>the</strong> tabulations <strong>for</strong> MPE, values <strong>for</strong> irradiance can<br />
be obtained by dividing <strong>the</strong> radiant exposure by <strong>the</strong><br />
time, t, in seconds, and values <strong>for</strong> radiant exposure<br />
can be obtained by multiplying <strong>the</strong> irradiance by r in<br />
seconds.<br />
NOTE: Exposure limits <strong>for</strong> pulse duralions less than I ns<br />
are Dot provided !1 lhc prescnt time becausc <strong>of</strong> a laqk <strong>of</strong><br />
biological data. However, IEC Srandard 825 (1984) suggests<br />
limiting peak inadianc€s to <strong>the</strong> exposure limit applicable<br />
to nanosecond pulses.<br />
Appendix G provides reference material on this subject.<br />
8.1 Intrabeam Viewing and Extend€d Source<br />
Ocular Exposures. For <strong>the</strong> purposes <strong>of</strong> this standard,<br />
sources such as laser arrays, diodes and diff<strong>use</strong><br />
reflecting surfaces are considered to be extended<br />
sources if <strong>the</strong>ir angular subtense (apparent visual<br />
angle) is equal to or greater than cr,;n as specifled in<br />
Fig.3. For all o<strong>the</strong>r laseni, including as those wilh<br />
collimated beams which produce a small (nearly<br />
diffractionlimited) retinal imag€ and also point<br />
sources, intrabeam viewing criteria applies. In this<br />
category <strong>the</strong> angular subtense is less than o-in.<br />
Sources such as laser arrays, multiple diodes, or multiple<br />
diff<strong>use</strong> reflecting surfaces are treated as in[abeam<br />
viewing cases <strong>for</strong> any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> separate images<br />
whose angular subtense is less than (Iln6. Any<br />
sources whose centers are separated by an angle less<br />
than ohrin are treated as extended sources. See 9.2 <strong>for</strong><br />
sources between 0.4 pm and L4 Um.<br />
Appropriate MPES are associated with each type <strong>of</strong><br />
source, For intrabeam viewing criteria see 8.2t <strong>for</strong><br />
extended-source viewing criteria see 8.3.<br />
NOTE: The angular subtense is not <strong>the</strong> beam divergence <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> source. It is <strong>the</strong> apparent visual angle as calculated<br />
from <strong>the</strong> source size and distance from <strong>the</strong> eye. The limiting<br />
angular subtense is that apparent visual angle which<br />
divides intrabeam viewing from extended-source viewing.<br />
See B-3-2.<br />
8.2 MPE <strong>for</strong> Inarabeam Viewing. The single pulse<br />
or single exposure MPE values <strong>for</strong> intrabeam viewing<br />
are given in Table 5. ln order to apply <strong>the</strong>se MPE<br />
ZJ
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I.I986<br />
values, <strong>the</strong> in<strong>for</strong>mation specified in 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 is<br />
required. (See 8.5 <strong>for</strong> special qualilications and <strong>use</strong>;<br />
see also Figs. 4,5,6 and 10.)<br />
8.2,1 Wavelength. The wavelength must be<br />
specified to establish which specral region is applicable.<br />
The MPEs in Table 5 arc arranged in broad<br />
wavelength regions and by specific wavelength<br />
expressed in micrometers. Fot multiple wavelength<br />
laser emissions, <strong>the</strong> MPE must first be determined <strong>for</strong><br />
each wavelength separately. In <strong>the</strong> ultraviolet rtgion,<br />
special considerations may apply <strong>for</strong> multiple exposures<br />
(see 8.2.2.1).<br />
8.2,2 Exposure Duration. For a single-pulse<br />
laser, <strong>the</strong> exposure duration is equal to <strong>the</strong> pulse duration,<br />
r, defined at its half-power points. For a cw visible<br />
(0.4 to 0.7 pm) laser, <strong>the</strong> exposurc duration is <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum time <strong>of</strong> anticipated direct exposure, fm"*,<br />
If purposeful staring into <strong>the</strong> beam is not intended or<br />
anticipat€d, <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> aversion response time, 0,25 s,<br />
may be <strong>use</strong>d.<br />
For non-visible wavelengths (less than 0.4 pm or<br />
greater than 0.7 Fm), <strong>the</strong> cw exposur€ duration is <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum time <strong>of</strong> anticipated direct exposute, I.",.<br />
For <strong>the</strong> hazard evaluation <strong>of</strong> retinal exposures in <strong>the</strong><br />
near-infrared (0.7 to 1.4 Fm), a maximum exposure<br />
duration <strong>of</strong> l0 s provides an adequate hazard criterion<br />
<strong>for</strong> ei<strong>the</strong>r unintended or purposeful staring condi<br />
tions. In this case, eye movements will provide a<br />
nalural exposure limitation eliminating <strong>the</strong> need <strong>for</strong><br />
exposure durations greater than l0s, except <strong>for</strong><br />
unusual conditions. In special applications, such as<br />
medical instrumentation, even longer exposure durations<br />
may apply.<br />
For rep€titively pulsed lasers, <strong>the</strong> total exposure duration,<br />
I, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> train <strong>of</strong> pulses must be determined.<br />
This duration is determined in lhe same manner as is<br />
<strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> cw laser exposures. The method <strong>for</strong> determining<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPEs <strong>for</strong> repetitively pulsed laser exposures<br />
is given in 8.2.2.1 and 8.2.2.2. Forpulse widths<br />
less than I ns, see Note in Section 8.<br />
8.2,2.lRepeated Exposures, Ultraviolet<br />
(0.315 to 0.4 pm) - Special Considerations. For<br />
repeated exposures, <strong>the</strong> exposure dose is additive<br />
over a 24-hour period, regardless <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> repetition<br />
rate. The MPE <strong>for</strong> any 24-hour period should be<br />
reduced by a factor <strong>of</strong> 2.5 times relative to <strong>the</strong><br />
single-pulse MPE if exposures on succeeding days<br />
are expected.<br />
26<br />
E.2.2,2 Repeated Exposures, Visible (0,4 to<br />
0.7 pm) and Infrared (> 0.7 pm), Bolh scanned cw<br />
lasers and repetitively pulsed lasers can produce<br />
repetitively pulsed exposur€ conditions. The MPE<br />
per pulse <strong>for</strong> repetitively pulsed intrabeam viewing is<br />
a-rl4 times <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a single pulse cxposure<br />
where r is <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> pulses found from <strong>the</strong> product<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> prf and <strong>the</strong> exposure duration (f) as<br />
defined in 8.2.2. (See Figure 12 <strong>for</strong> a graphical<br />
repr€sentation <strong>of</strong> n-t14.) This MPE applies to all<br />
wavelengths greater than 0.7 pm (<strong>the</strong>rmal injury).<br />
For wavelengths less than 0.7 pm, <strong>the</strong> MPE as calculated<br />
on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> n-rla also must not exceed <strong>the</strong><br />
MPE calculated <strong>for</strong> nt seconds when nt is grcater than<br />
l0 s.<br />
For pulse repetition frequencies greater than 15 kHz,<br />
<strong>the</strong> average irradiance or radiant exposurc (radiance<br />
or integrated radiance) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse rain shall not<br />
exceed <strong>the</strong> MPE (as given in 8.2) <strong>for</strong> a single pulse<br />
equal in duration to <strong>the</strong> pulse train duration, T'<br />
For wavelengths between 0.4 and 0.7 pm, <strong>the</strong> aversion<br />
response time, 0,25 s, may be <strong>use</strong>d unless purposeful<br />
staring into <strong>the</strong> b€am is intended or antici'<br />
pated. For wavelengths greater than 0.7 pm, lOs<br />
may be <strong>use</strong>d as <strong>the</strong> exposure duration unless purposeful<br />
staring into <strong>the</strong> beam is intended or anticipated.<br />
8.3 MPE <strong>for</strong> Extended-Source Viewing. MPE<br />
values <strong>for</strong> ocular exposure to extended sources <strong>for</strong><br />
single pulses or exposures are given in Table 6. All<br />
values are specified at <strong>the</strong> comea. (See 8.5 <strong>for</strong> special<br />
qualificalions and <strong>use</strong>; see also Figs.5,6, and 7.) For<br />
multiple pulse lasers or exposures, <strong>the</strong> MPE is deter'<br />
mined using <strong>the</strong> exposure time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse train<br />
duration, 7'<br />
8,4 MPE <strong>for</strong> Skin Exposure to a Laser Beam.<br />
MPE values <strong>for</strong> skin exposure to a laser beam are<br />
given in Table 7. These levels arc <strong>for</strong> worst-case<br />
conditions and are based on <strong>the</strong> best available in<strong>for</strong>manon.<br />
E.4,1 MPE <strong>for</strong> Skin, Repeated Exposures For<br />
repetitive-pulsed lasers <strong>the</strong> MPEs <strong>for</strong> skin exposurc<br />
are applied as follows: Exposure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> skin shall not<br />
exceed <strong>the</strong> MPE based upon a single-pulse exposure,<br />
and <strong>the</strong> average irradiance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse train shall not<br />
exceed <strong>the</strong> MPE applicable <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> total pulse train,<br />
duration I. (See 8.5 <strong>for</strong> special qualifications and<br />
<strong>use</strong>s.)<br />
E.4.2 Wavelengths Greater than 1.4 lrm. For<br />
b€am cross-sectional areas between 100 cm' and<br />
1000 cm2, <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> exposure durations exceeding
l0 s is 10,000/,4" mW/cm', where A, is <strong>the</strong> area <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> exposed skin in cm2. For exposed skin areas<br />
exceeding 1000 cm2, <strong>the</strong> MPE is 10 mWcm2.<br />
8.5 Special Qualifications - Infrared. Available<br />
data is not suflicient to define wavelength corrections<br />
relative to l.06pm over <strong>the</strong> entire infrared range<br />
(1.4 pm to I mm). At 1.54 Um, <strong>the</strong> MPE given in<br />
Tables 5,6 and 7 has been increased by a factor <strong>of</strong><br />
100 <strong>for</strong> time periods shorter than I ps at inte als<br />
greater than 100 s. However, no exlrapolation to<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r wavelengths is justified on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong><br />
presently available in<strong>for</strong>mation.<br />
9, M€asurements<br />
9.1 G€neral. The laser classification scheme<br />
described in.Section 3 is designed to minimize <strong>the</strong><br />
need <strong>for</strong> laser measurements and calculations by <strong>the</strong><br />
<strong>use</strong>r. Generally, such measurements are required<br />
only when manufacturer's in<strong>for</strong>mation is not available,<br />
when <strong>the</strong> laser or laser system has not been<br />
classified by <strong>the</strong> manufacturcr in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />
Federal Laser Products Per<strong>for</strong>mance Standard, or<br />
when alterations to a system may have changed its<br />
classification.<br />
The cumulative error due to all sources <strong>of</strong> inaccuracy<br />
(both systematic and statistical), including human<br />
factors, operating conditions, and instrumental emors,<br />
shall not exceed 1209o, or, if this is not possible, <strong>the</strong><br />
best that <strong>the</strong> state <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong> art reasonably will permit. It<br />
is important to recognize that measurements improperly<br />
per<strong>for</strong>med may be worse than no measurements,<br />
since <strong>the</strong>y may imply a safe condition that does not<br />
actually exist. Experience has shown that measurement<br />
erIToBIs well in excess <strong>of</strong> !2OEo arc commonly<br />
made and <strong>of</strong>ten are unidentified.<br />
If measurements are per<strong>for</strong>med, <strong>the</strong> accuracy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
instrumentation should be traceable to national standards,<br />
ei<strong>the</strong>r directly to <strong>the</strong> National Institute <strong>of</strong> Science<br />
and Technology (NIST) or to o<strong>the</strong>r transfer siandards<br />
aceable to NIST. The NIST conducts programs<br />
<strong>for</strong> assistance in meeting <strong>the</strong>se requirements.<br />
(See references in H4.)<br />
Measurcments should be attempted only by personnel<br />
rained or experienced in laser technology and<br />
radiometry. Routine survey measurcments <strong>of</strong> lasers<br />
or laser systems are nei<strong>the</strong>r required nor advisable<br />
when <strong>the</strong> laser classifications are known and <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate control measures implemented.<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
If a laser or laser system is <strong>use</strong>d outdoors over long<br />
ranges, where <strong>the</strong> uncenainties <strong>of</strong> propagation<br />
influence exposures, or where <strong>the</strong> beam divergence is<br />
uncenain, measurements may be <strong>use</strong>ful.<br />
Measurements shall be made with <strong>the</strong> laser adjusted<br />
f<strong>of</strong> maximum output <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> intended <strong>use</strong>.<br />
9.2 Intmbeam and Extended-Source Measurements.<br />
If measurements or calculations are required,<br />
distinction shall first be made between intrabeam<br />
viewing and extended-source viewing in <strong>the</strong> 0.4 to<br />
l.4pm wavelength region. For <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> this<br />
standard, an extended source subtends an angle at <strong>the</strong><br />
observer's eye grqlter than <strong>the</strong> angular subt€nse,<br />
c.;n, (shown in Fig.3), acmss <strong>the</strong> greatest angular<br />
dimension <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> source as viewed by <strong>the</strong> observer.<br />
Table 8 gives <strong>the</strong> radiometric parameter ihal is<br />
requircd to determine exposure to various laser<br />
sources.<br />
9.2,1 Radiance. The maximum radiance <strong>of</strong> an<br />
extended source, such as <strong>the</strong> scattering <strong>of</strong> a laser<br />
beam from a diff<strong>use</strong> surface, shall be determined by<br />
measurement. The measurement may average oYef<br />
<strong>the</strong> appropriate conical field <strong>of</strong> view defined by <strong>the</strong><br />
angular subtense, crmin, or over a | -mm-diameter circular<br />
area, whichever gives <strong>the</strong> larger value <strong>of</strong> radiance.<br />
In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> nonuni<strong>for</strong>m extended-source<br />
pr<strong>of</strong>iles, such as those resulting from inhomogeneous<br />
beams or "hot spots," <strong>the</strong> measurement shall be<br />
taken from <strong>the</strong> regions <strong>of</strong> greatest radiance.<br />
9.2.2 Irradiance or Radiant Exposure<br />
9.2,2.1 Limiting Aperture. The measurement<br />
<strong>of</strong> inadiance or radiant exposure shall be made wiah<br />
insruments that average over circular areas defrned<br />
by <strong>the</strong> effective limiting aperture diameters given in<br />
Table 9 or smaller diameters.<br />
The sensitivity per unit area shall be sufliciently uni<strong>for</strong>m,<br />
when mapped with a l-mm-diameter beam, to<br />
ensure <strong>the</strong> required accumcy <strong>of</strong> measurcment.<br />
No conection <strong>for</strong> beam size or homogeneity is necessary<br />
in cases where <strong>the</strong> entire beam enters <strong>the</strong> effective<br />
limiting aperture. For larger beams, <strong>the</strong> measurement<br />
shall be made in <strong>the</strong> area <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> beam that gives<br />
<strong>the</strong> maximum reading.<br />
For distinguishing between Class 3b and Class 4<br />
pulsed lasers (if manufacturer's specilications are<br />
<strong>use</strong>d), <strong>the</strong> maximum output irradiance or radiant<br />
exposure which could be measured through a l-mm<br />
circular apenure shall be <strong>use</strong>d.<br />
27
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I-I986<br />
See Fig. 13 <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> anangement <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> measurements<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> laser classification.<br />
9.2.2.2 Field <strong>of</strong> View (0,2 to 0.4 lrm and 1.4<br />
Fm to I mm Wavelengths). In measuring <strong>the</strong> inadiance<br />
or radiant exposure from ultraviolet and farinfrared<br />
extended sources, care shall be taken to make<br />
sure that <strong>the</strong> field <strong>of</strong> view <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> instrument is<br />
sufficiently large to ensure <strong>the</strong> required accuracy <strong>of</strong><br />
measurement.<br />
9,3 Instruments. Many optical power, energy, pulse<br />
shape, and prf measuring devices available commercially<br />
can b€ <strong>use</strong>d to determine classification and<br />
compliance with this standard. Instruments shall be<br />
calibrated sufficiently well to pemit overall measurcment<br />
accuracies <strong>of</strong> 120% wherever possible.<br />
Measurements with instruments ftaving smaller effective<br />
timiting apertures than those in Table 9 are permitted,<br />
provided <strong>the</strong> appropriate correction factors are<br />
apptied to ensure <strong>the</strong> required accuracy <strong>of</strong> measurement.<br />
A variety <strong>of</strong> such instruments is described in <strong>the</strong><br />
refercnces listed in H4.<br />
28<br />
10. Revision <strong>of</strong> American National Standards<br />
Refened to in This Document<br />
When any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following American National Standards<br />
refered to in this document is superseded by a<br />
revision approved by lhe American National Standards<br />
lnstitute, lnc, <strong>the</strong> rcvision shall appty:<br />
American National Standard<br />
Cylinder Value Outlet and<br />
ANSI/CGA V' l - 1977<br />
American National Standard<br />
Code. ANSI/|,IFPA 70- 1984<br />
Compressed Gas<br />
lnlet Connections,<br />
Natlonal Elecftical<br />
American National Standard Safety Standard <strong>for</strong><br />
Radio Receivers, Audio Systems, and Accessories,<br />
ANSIruL 1270-1978<br />
American National Standard General Safety Standard<br />
<strong>for</strong> Installations Using Non-Medical X-Ray and<br />
Sealed Gamma-Ray Sources, Energies up to l0 MeV,<br />
ANSI/NBS Handbook I 14<br />
American National Standard Specifications <strong>for</strong><br />
Accident Prevention Sighs, ANSI 235.1-1972<br />
American National Standard Method <strong>of</strong> Marking<br />
Portable Compressed Gas Containers to Identify <strong>the</strong><br />
Material Contained, ANSIrcCA C-4-1978<br />
American National Standard Practice <strong>for</strong> Occupational<br />
and Educational Eye and Face Ptotection,<br />
ANSI 287.t-r979
o<br />
Wavelength<br />
Range<br />
(Pml<br />
Ultraviolet<br />
0.2 to 0.4<br />
Visible<br />
0.4 to 0.7<br />
Near Infrared<br />
0.7 to I .06<br />
Near Infrared<br />
1.06 to 1.4<br />
Far lnfrar€d<br />
1.4 to 102<br />
Submillirneter<br />
102 lo 101<br />
T<br />
I<br />
$<br />
Table I<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
Accessible Emission Limits <strong>for</strong> Sclected Continuous-Wav€* Lasers and f,aser Systems<br />
Emission<br />
Duration<br />
(s) Class lt Class 2t Class 3$ Class 4<br />
3xloa<br />
3xl0{<br />
3xloa<br />
3 x loa<br />
> l0<br />
> l0<br />
Emission duration > 0.25 s.<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I -I986<br />
Wsvelength<br />
Range<br />
(pm)<br />
Ultraviolett<br />
0.2 to 0.4<br />
Visible<br />
0.4 to 0.7<br />
Near Infraredt<br />
0.7 to 1.06<br />
1.06 to |.4<br />
Far Infrared<br />
1.4 to 10'<br />
Submillimeter<br />
102<br />
to 103<br />
Table 2<br />
Summary <strong>of</strong> Lev€ls (Energy and Radiant Exposure Emissions)<br />
<strong>for</strong> Single-Pulsed Laser and Laser System Classiffcatlonr<br />
Emission<br />
Duration**<br />
(s) Class I Class 3 Class 4<br />
> l0-2<br />
lo-e<br />
to<br />
o.25<br />
t 0-e<br />
to<br />
o.25<br />
l0-4<br />
to<br />
o.25<br />
1tre<br />
to<br />
o.25<br />
l0-e<br />
to<br />
o.25<br />
l0J'cm-2<br />
> 3l x l0-3 J . cm-?<br />
>l0J.cm-2<br />
>10J'cm-?<br />
> l0 J cm-2<br />
>l0J'cm-!<br />
>luJ cm-<br />
f Diff<strong>use</strong> re8ection criteria (Table 3) apply from l0-e to 33 x l0-r s <strong>for</strong> Class 3. For > 33 x l0-l s exposure, <strong>the</strong><br />
maximum radiant exposure is l0 J . cm-2. Class I and 3 values are wavelength dependeflt (see Fig, 8).<br />
30
Exposurc<br />
Duration, r<br />
(r)<br />
l0-t<br />
l0-{<br />
10n<br />
l0-6<br />
lfrJ<br />
l0-4<br />
lrl<br />
lr'<br />
t0-<br />
o.25<br />
Table 3<br />
Maximum Radiant Exposure Incident upon a Diff<strong>use</strong> Surface<br />
Which Will Not Produce Hazardous Reflections<br />
Visible<br />
(0.4 to 0.7 trn)<br />
3.1 x l0-2<br />
6.8 x l0-2<br />
1.5 x l0-'<br />
3.t x l0-l<br />
6.8 x l0-'<br />
1.5<br />
3.t<br />
6.8<br />
l5*<br />
20+<br />
Maximum Radient Exposute<br />
(J .cm-2)<br />
Near Infraredt<br />
(0.7 to 1.051 p|n)<br />
CA(3.1 x lo-')<br />
Ca(6.8 x l0-2)<br />
C^(1.5 x l0-r)<br />
CA(3.1x l0-r)<br />
CA(6.8 x l0-r)<br />
cA( 1.5)<br />
ca(3.1)*<br />
cA(6.8)*<br />
cA( l5)'r'<br />
cA(20)*<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I- I986<br />
Near lnfrared<br />
(l.051 !o 1.4 Pm)<br />
1.5 x l0-l<br />
3.1x l0-l<br />
8.0 x l0-'<br />
3.1<br />
8.0<br />
15*<br />
3l*<br />
80*<br />
100{'<br />
General expression<br />
<strong>for</strong><br />
duration , rortt tr t onCotr/l 5onCotl/3<br />
values <strong>for</strong> classincation are limited to l0 J ' cm-' (see 3-3.3.1(3) and 3,3.4(2)).<br />
values <strong>for</strong> CA will be found in Fig. 8,<br />
Table 4<br />
Minimum Optical Densities<br />
Required <strong>for</strong> Protective EYewear<br />
H}MPE<br />
l=l0o<br />
l0 = l0'<br />
100 = 102<br />
1 966 = r0l<br />
1O 00O = lOa<br />
l0O 000 = 10s<br />
I 000 000 = 106<br />
.Dr<br />
0<br />
I<br />
a<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
3l
AMERICAN NAT]ONAL STANDARD 2I36.I-I986<br />
Wavelength, ).<br />
0rm)<br />
Itraviolet<br />
:00 to 0.302<br />
303<br />
.1(X<br />
105<br />
106<br />
r07<br />
.r08<br />
r09<br />
ll0<br />
1t I<br />
2<br />
lt3<br />
4<br />
ll5 to 0.400<br />
ll5 to 0.400<br />
,\ible and Ncar Infrared**<br />
l{}0 to 0.700<br />
100 to 0,700<br />
,-.^
o<br />
Wavelength, L<br />
$rm)<br />
Ultraviolet<br />
0.200 to 0.302<br />
0.303<br />
0.304<br />
0.305<br />
0.306<br />
0.30?<br />
0.308<br />
0.309<br />
0.3r0<br />
0.31I<br />
0.312<br />
0.313<br />
0.314<br />
0.315 to 0.400<br />
0.315 to 0.400<br />
Visible**<br />
0.400 to 0.700<br />
0.400 to 0.550<br />
0.550 to 0.700<br />
0.550 to 0.700<br />
0.,100 to 0.700<br />
Near Infrared*<br />
0.700 to | .400<br />
0.700 to 1.400<br />
0.700 to l.4m<br />
Far Infrarcd<br />
I.4 to 103<br />
1.54 only<br />
Table 6<br />
MPE <strong>for</strong> Viewing a Diff<strong>use</strong> Reflection<br />
<strong>of</strong>a Laser Beam or an Exlended-Source l,aser<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36,I-1986<br />
Exposure Duration l* Maximum Permissible Exposure<br />
(r) (MPE) Notcs <strong>for</strong> Calculation and Measurement<br />
l0-eto3xloa<br />
l0-eto3xl04<br />
lOato3xlOa<br />
l0-4to3xl04<br />
tOato3xld<br />
lOaro3xlOa<br />
l0-eto3xlOa<br />
104ro3x104<br />
lo-e!o3xl04<br />
lOaro3xlOa<br />
lo-eto3xl04<br />
l04to3x 104<br />
10ato3xlOa<br />
10-e ro l0<br />
l0to3x10a<br />
loj ro l0<br />
l0 to td<br />
l0 to fl<br />
Tr to 104<br />
l0"ta3xloa<br />
10-e to 10<br />
l0 to 103<br />
lorto3xld<br />
loj ao lo-7<br />
l0-? to l0 -<br />
>to<br />
lOa to lOj<br />
* See Note in Section 8 <strong>for</strong> puls€widths less than I ns.<br />
**See Fig. 7 and Fig. 83 <strong>of</strong> Appendix B <strong>for</strong> graphic representation.<br />
NOTES; Ca = I <strong>for</strong> ,\, = 0.400 to 0.700 trm,<br />
CA = 102.q1'-{<br />
700)<br />
<strong>for</strong> 1. = 0.700 to 1.051 pm (see Fig. 8),<br />
Ce = 5 <strong>for</strong> l, = | .051 to 1.400 pm,<br />
Cs = I <strong>for</strong> L = 0.400 to 0.550 pm,<br />
ca = l0r5(r-o 550) <strong>for</strong> l, = 0.550 to 0.?m lrm (see Fig. 9],<br />
Tr = l0 x 1020(r-4150) <strong>for</strong> ], = o-550 to 0.?fi) pm (see Fig. 9).<br />
3xl0-rJ.cm-2<br />
4 x l0-r J cm-2<br />
6xl0-r J.cm-2<br />
l.0x lO-2 J . cm-2<br />
l.6 x l0-2 J cm-2<br />
2.5x102 J cm-2<br />
4.0 x l0-2 J cm-2<br />
6.3x 10-2 J cm-2<br />
l.0x l0-r J.cm-r<br />
1.6 x l(f I J'cm-2<br />
2.5x10.-r J'cm-l<br />
4.oxl0-rJ'cm-z<br />
6.3 x l0-r J ' cm-2<br />
0.56tr/a J 'cm-?<br />
I J'cm-2<br />
l0 tll3 J. cm-2 . sal<br />
2l J cm-2 'sil<br />
3,83 r3lo J cm-2 ' sat<br />
2l Cs J cm-z sil<br />
2-l C8l0-r W cm-2 sr-l<br />
l0 Co tllr J . cm-2 sil<br />
3-83 CAi3t4 ! cm-2 sal<br />
0.64 Ca W cm-2 sr-l<br />
i o-2 J . cm-2<br />
0,56 rrlo J cm-2<br />
0,1W cm-2<br />
1.0 J cm-2<br />
or 0.56 tlla J ' cm-2, whichever is lower.<br />
l-mm limiling ap€rlure<br />
See Figs. 5 and 6 <strong>for</strong> graphical rcpresentation.<br />
l-mm limiting aperture or d-in, whichever ls<br />
greater<br />
See 8.2 and Figs. 7,8,9,11, ard 12 <strong>for</strong><br />
graphic reprcsenlation and multiple pulse<br />
limitations<br />
See Table 9 <strong>for</strong> aperturcs.<br />
See 8.5 and Fie, 6 <strong>for</strong> core,ction factors<br />
33
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
Wavelength, I<br />
(pm)<br />
Ultraviolet<br />
0.200 to 0.302<br />
0.303<br />
0.3(X<br />
0.305<br />
0.306<br />
0.307<br />
0.308<br />
0.309<br />
0.3l0<br />
0.31I<br />
0.312<br />
0.313<br />
0.314<br />
0.315 to 0.400<br />
0.315 io 0.400<br />
0.315 to 0.it00<br />
Visible and Near lnfrared<br />
I to t.aoo<br />
-<br />
Far Infrared*<br />
1.4 to t0r<br />
l -54 only<br />
Exposure Duration I<br />
(r)<br />
lojto3xloa<br />
l0-eto3xl0{<br />
lo-eto3xl04<br />
lo-eto3x loa<br />
10-eto3xld<br />
lo-eto3xld<br />
lo-eto3xld<br />
lfero3xld<br />
l0+to3xld<br />
tfeto3xld<br />
lO-eto3xld<br />
lseto3xld<br />
lo-eto3xld<br />
l0+ to t0<br />
l0 to l0l<br />
lorto3xlo4<br />
10-e to lf7<br />
l0-7 to l0<br />
l0ro3x104<br />
lo-e to lo-7<br />
10-? to l0<br />
>10<br />
lo-e to l0{<br />
*See 8,4.2 <strong>for</strong> large beam cross-sections.<br />
o<br />
34<br />
Table 7<br />
MPE <strong>for</strong> Skln Exposure to a Laser Beam<br />
Maximum Permissible Exposure<br />
(MPE) Notes <strong>for</strong> Calculalion and Me{rr<br />
3 x 10.1 J . cm-2<br />
4xl0-!J.cm-t<br />
6xl0-!J.cm-2<br />
l.0xl0-2J.cm-2<br />
l.6x l0-rJ.cm-?<br />
2.5x10-2J.cm-2<br />
4.0x10-2t.cm-2<br />
6.3x1(f2J'cm-2<br />
l.0xl0-rJ.cm-2<br />
1,6 x l0-t J . cm-2<br />
2.5x10-rJ.cm-z<br />
4.0 x ltrr J ' cm-2<br />
6.3x10-rJ.cm-2<br />
0.56tr/4J cm-2<br />
tJ cml<br />
x10-!w cm-l<br />
2 cA x l0-2 J cm-z<br />
l lcArr/4J.cm-2<br />
0.2 Ca W cm-?<br />
l02J.cm-2<br />
0.56tr/aJ'cm-?<br />
0.1 W'cm-2<br />
1.0 J ' cm-2<br />
or 0.56 t r/{ J ' cm-2. whichever is lor<br />
I mm limiting apenure.<br />
See Figs. 5 and 6 <strong>for</strong> graphic represo '<br />
1 mm limiting aperture<br />
Ser Figs. 6 and 8<br />
I mm limiaing apedure <strong>for</strong> 1.4 to lmf<br />
ll-mm limiting aFEnure <strong>for</strong> 0,1 to I<br />
&
Laser Source<br />
Extended Sources<br />
(Angular subtense > c..)<br />
lntrabeam<br />
(Algular subtense < c,6)<br />
Measurement<br />
Eye MPE<br />
Table 8<br />
Required Radiometric Parameters<br />
Visible<br />
(0.4 to l4 pm)<br />
Radiance<br />
Inadiance<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI 36.1 -1986<br />
Eye Skin<br />
Ultraviolet Infrared<br />
(0.2 to 0.4 pm) (l.4to l0! pm)<br />
Irradiance<br />
Irradiance<br />
Tsble 9<br />
Irradiance<br />
lrradiance<br />
All Wavelengths<br />
(0.2 to l0r pm)<br />
Irradiance<br />
Inadiance<br />
Maximum Aperture Diamet€rs (Limiting Aperture) <strong>for</strong> Measurement Averaging<br />
Exposure<br />
Duration, r<br />
(s)<br />
lOato3xlOa<br />
Skin MPE<br />
Laser<br />
loato3xloa<br />
Classification+ l0{ to 3 x loa<br />
Visible and<br />
Ultraviolet Nearlnfrared<br />
(0.2 to 0.4 pm) (0.4 to 1.4 pm)<br />
lmm<br />
lmm<br />
50 mm<br />
WaYelengti Range<br />
7mm<br />
lmm<br />
50 mm<br />
Medium and<br />
Far Infrared<br />
(1.4 to l0' pm)<br />
lmm<br />
lmm<br />
50 mm<br />
Submillimeter<br />
(0.1<br />
to I mm)<br />
ll mm<br />
ll mm<br />
50 mm<br />
* The apertures are <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> measurement <strong>of</strong> total output power or outpul energy <strong>for</strong> laser classification purposes,<br />
that is, to distinguish between all classes <strong>of</strong> cw lasers or bctween Class I and Class 3 pulsed lasers. The <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
50-mm apenurcs as shown in fie ho zontal line labeled<br />
"Laser Classification" applies only to thosc cases where<br />
<strong>the</strong> laser output is intended to be viewed with optical instruments (excluding ordinary eyeglass lenses) or where <strong>the</strong><br />
Laser Safety Officer determines that <strong>the</strong>re is some probability that <strong>the</strong> output will be accidentally viewed with<br />
optical instrurnents and that such radiation will be viewcd <strong>for</strong> a sufficient time duration so a! to constitute a hazard.<br />
O<strong>the</strong>rwise <strong>the</strong> apertures listed <strong>for</strong> Eye MPE and Skin MPE ar€ to be us€d,<br />
For <strong>the</strong> specific case <strong>of</strong> optical viewing (beam collecting) instruments, <strong>the</strong> apenures li$ted <strong>for</strong> eye MPE and skin<br />
MPE spply to <strong>the</strong> cxit beam <strong>of</strong> such devices.
o<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
D<br />
M<br />
I<br />
N<br />
I<br />
S<br />
T<br />
R<br />
T<br />
I<br />
E<br />
Controls<br />
E<br />
N<br />
I<br />
N<br />
E<br />
E<br />
I<br />
N<br />
P<br />
R<br />
c<br />
D<br />
U<br />
R<br />
L<br />
Table l0<br />
Control Measur€s <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Four Laser Classes<br />
Classification<br />
Protcctive Housing (4.3. I I<br />
Without Protective Housing (4.3,l.l)<br />
Interlocks on Protective (4.3.2)<br />
Service Access Panel (4.3.3)<br />
Key Switch Ma$ter (4.3.4)<br />
Viewing Portals (4.3.5. l 1<br />
Op.ics (4.3.5.2)<br />
Totauy Open Beam Path (4.3.6.1)<br />
Limited Beam Path (4.3.6.2)<br />
Remote Interlock C<strong>of</strong>lnector (4.3.7t<br />
Beam Stop or Attenuator (4.3.8)<br />
Activation Waming Systems (4.3.9)<br />
Emission Delay (4.3.9.1)<br />
Class 3b Laser Controlled Area (4.3.10.1)<br />
Class 4 Laser Controlled Area (4,3.10.2)<br />
Laser Outdoor Controls (4.3.1 l)<br />
Temporary Laser Controlled Area* (4.1,l2)<br />
Remote Firing & Monitoring (4.3.13)<br />
Labels (4.3.l4)<br />
Area Posting (4.3.l5)<br />
Administrative & hocedural Controls (4.4)<br />
Standard Opcrating Proccdurcs (4.4. l )<br />
Output Emission Limilations (4.4.2)<br />
Educalion and Training (4.4.3)<br />
Autho zed Personnel (4.4.4)<br />
Aligtmett Procedures (4.4.5)<br />
Eye Protection (4.4.6)<br />
Spectator<br />
Conuol (4.4.7)<br />
Service Personnel (4.4.8)<br />
Laser Demonstration (4.5. l )<br />
Laser Fiber Optics (4.5.2)<br />
LSO shall establish Altemate Controls<br />
LECEND X-Shall. r-Should. - No requiremcnr. V-Shall if Embedded Class 3b orClass 4,<br />
tr - Shall if MPE is cxceeded, A - shall ifembeddcd Class 3a, class 3b, Class 4, * During Sewice Only<br />
36
(YELLOW)<br />
(BLACK<br />
SYIEOL}<br />
/ eosrrrol r \<br />
\BOLD BLACK rErr€RNO/l<br />
Fig, la<br />
Sample Waming Sign <strong>for</strong> Class 2 and<br />
Cenain Class 3a l:sers<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI ]6. I -I9116<br />
/ rosrnon a \<br />
\ Brlcx L€TrEn|tao<br />
/
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I.36' I.I986<br />
.llr<br />
(BED SY$BOLI<br />
Fig. lb<br />
Sample Waming Sign <strong>for</strong> Cenain Class 3a Lasen<br />
and <strong>for</strong> Class 3b and Class 4 Lasers<br />
lwrirE)
AMERICAN NATTONAL STANDARD ZI 36. I - I 9116<br />
LASER REPAIR IN PROGRESS<br />
lh lbt Entsl Whcn Uglrt ls Harhlng<br />
EYE PROTECTION REOUIRED<br />
Fig. lc<br />
Sample Waming Sign <strong>for</strong> Temporary<br />
Controlled Area<br />
-19
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I.16,I.I986<br />
4(l<br />
AREA<br />
SENSOR<br />
NTERLOCKS<br />
(NONDEFEATABLE<br />
DEFEATABLE)<br />
FLOORMAT<br />
Fig. 2a<br />
Area/Entryway Safety Conrols<br />
<strong>for</strong> Class 4 Lasers
l---f-<br />
APPLICABLE MPE<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD Z I]6. I .I986<br />
E"PANlc" BUTToN<br />
- CLASS 4<br />
BARRIER,<br />
SCREEN,<br />
CURTAIN<br />
8 '.PANIC''<br />
BUTTON<br />
INDICATOR<br />
(VISIBLE<br />
OR AUDIBLE)<br />
Fig. 2b<br />
Safety Controls <strong>for</strong> Class 4 Lasers wherc<br />
Arca,/Entryway Controls are Inapprcpriate<br />
4l
I<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI.J6.I.I986<br />
> 6 METERS<br />
BARRIER<br />
Fig. 2c<br />
Unsupervised Laser Installation <strong>for</strong><br />
Demonstration [.aser<br />
r/ncL\ss 3b oR 4<br />
ru(LESS THAN<br />
6 METERS)
3 METERS<br />
Fig. 2d<br />
Supervised Laser Installation <strong>for</strong><br />
DemonsFalion Laser<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2 I 36. I.I 9It6
o<br />
O<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI 36. I. I986<br />
BARRIER<br />
Fig. k<br />
Superviscd Laser Installation <strong>for</strong><br />
D€monstration Laser<br />
I<br />
AUDIENC<br />
ldESr
s Nvtovu<br />
t'llt$t Nr(uluto)<br />
tsNfrgns uvtncNv<br />
o o<br />
Ot q, F Or (t {. t7 N rat<br />
t;<br />
F<br />
2<br />
*o'<br />
u,o'<br />
3 b<br />
9 c<br />
( J E<br />
! o<br />
-c ot<br />
!l<br />
EE<br />
E=<br />
(DE<br />
or c:<br />
-c,<br />
i.s<br />
o-g<br />
FJ<br />
[Elnr*or''.- 5<br />
-e<br />
le e9eQQq90-o<br />
xE,<br />
o<br />
at<br />
!2 cn<br />
! c<br />
: ]<br />
;.9<br />
oo<br />
t<br />
fral s<br />
.
I<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI]6.I- I986<br />
I<br />
E<br />
t!<br />
E<br />
3<br />
o<br />
o.<br />
x<br />
u,<br />
F<br />
2<br />
c<br />
ro-'r<br />
to<br />
to- 6<br />
5r<br />
:l<br />
;l<br />
8l<br />
6l<br />
']<br />
2<br />
,I<br />
I<br />
6<br />
4<br />
2<br />
,t 86<br />
4<br />
z<br />
rl<br />
I<br />
6<br />
4<br />
\|<br />
2<br />
ffi<br />
K':lc<br />
lo' to-' to-t lo - ?<br />
EXPOSURE DURATION (S)<br />
NOTE: For corrcction factor in<strong>for</strong>nation at wavclcngth$ b€lween 0'7 Fm and 1.4 pm, scc Table 5<br />
Fig. 4<br />
MPE <strong>for</strong> Direct Ocular Exposure to Visible and Near Infrared<br />
Radiation (1"=0.4 to 1.4 Fm) lntrflb€am Viewing<br />
(Angular Subtense
o<br />
"ro<br />
ro<br />
to<br />
^ lo't<br />
E<br />
o<br />
lrl<br />
e<br />
:)<br />
v,<br />
o<br />
o.<br />
x<br />
l!<br />
F<br />
2<br />
= to'2<br />
E<br />
8<br />
8<br />
6<br />
4<br />
o.20<br />
0.26 0.28 o.so<br />
IvAVELENGTH (F,ml<br />
MpE <strong>for</strong> Diroct O"ur", eff.usr" ro Ultraviolct Radiarion<br />
(Intrabcam Vicwing and Extcndcd Sourccs) <strong>for</strong> Eloocurc<br />
Durations from t0-e to 3 x lds.<br />
*Unless 0.561| /a is cxcccded (possiblc <strong>for</strong> erposurc ouraiions < I o s ar ], = 0..m5-O.3tS |rm).<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I.16. I - I9116<br />
I<br />
8<br />
6<br />
ll<br />
;)<br />
)<br />
J I<br />
o.34<br />
I' 6l<br />
2<br />
I<br />
8<br />
6<br />
4<br />
t.<br />
I<br />
I<br />
6<br />
4<br />
to'3<br />
5<br />
2
o<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36. I.I986<br />
F<br />
z<br />
g<br />
< ,^-,<br />
4lJ<br />
to-! to-' to-l<br />
EXPOSURE OU RAT IO I{ (SI<br />
. Loi to_'J.cm-2<br />
l.Brto_?J. cm-2<br />
3.2 r l(l2 J cni-z<br />
s.6 r|o_2 J cm_z<br />
t.or ro-r ,J. crn_z<br />
l.8 rlo_lJ.crr-2<br />
3.2 r ro_rJ. cd2<br />
3.6 r lo-rJ cm-?<br />
t.oJ.cm_2<br />
2 4581 2 ,l 681 2 4681 2 468<br />
Fig' 6<br />
MPE <strong>for</strong> Dircct Ocular Exposurc to Ultraviolet ()' = 0.315 to 0',rc0 t .)<br />
and lnfrared (1" = 1.4 pm to I mm) Radiation (lntrabeam Viewing<br />
and Extended Sources) <strong>for</strong> Single Pulses or Conlinuous Exposures
49<br />
do<br />
( r-,rs.?-uI3.0)<br />
ItNvt0vu o:llvugllNl<br />
(o{ N -<br />
I<br />
5z<br />
o<br />
':<br />
@<br />
o<br />
t<br />
:<br />
. e<br />
l<br />
el I<br />
t<br />
to<br />
o<br />
o<br />
E<br />
a<br />
5 - . Eo<br />
F. o<br />
o<br />
I-i-<br />
!}<br />
ao<br />
(o<br />
@ =<br />
6 z E<br />
> =<br />
O E<br />
F t<br />
e E<br />
s $ . E<br />
" i a;**<br />
O E E;E&<br />
@<br />
0<br />
rt<br />
tl<br />
.E: trieFa<br />
bg; f;-r:g<br />
*E g?gE<br />
JO<br />
u<br />
6<br />
@<br />
t<br />
\<br />
9 Y - . , . 4 = :<br />
-! 3 E=eE<br />
e: l.F:;E<br />
? d ; r r r<br />
"<br />
d .E.*<br />
; EesH<br />
^1" Ba/\g<br />
e; jl gH<br />
*,r-{ g:58<br />
ti<<br />
'll<br />
r!B<br />
..|<br />
EZ<br />
-o<br />
.'oFoo,,,..J= e.<br />
g e9'9 9e99e-9^9<br />
o<br />
b<br />
o<br />
ao<br />
Et<br />
o;<br />
g;<br />
24 -:<br />
trr o<br />
FF<br />
_'1'o9 e eQ;;;;;f<br />
eIi6iis$5es9.<br />
: (\lt - Ntt (\'<br />
o<br />
\ I<br />
t t<br />
?; 6t<br />
-o:<br />
*"g"gs sry;ilit:<br />
a<br />
o<br />
t il| i ill<br />
r'il'41'l- - - -- -!<br />
@<br />
o<br />
t<br />
JO<br />
o<br />
o<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD<br />
Z I.]6.I-<br />
I9116
o<br />
o<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I36.I.I986<br />
g<br />
E<br />
0<br />
t- a)<br />
f -<br />
o<br />
F<br />
c<br />
E<br />
o<br />
(,<br />
!t<br />
2<br />
50<br />
Ca = I <strong>for</strong> I = 0.4 to 0.7 [m'<br />
c^ = l02q^-oD <strong>for</strong>l=0.7 to l.o5l rm:<br />
Cr, =5<strong>for</strong>l= 1.051 to l.4pm.<br />
WAVEL€NGTH (;rml<br />
Fig. 8<br />
Correction Factor C^ <strong>for</strong> Wavelengths Between<br />
0.7 and l.4 tm (From Tabtes 5 and 6)
z<br />
I<br />
o.s50 o.575<br />
NOTE: See Table 5 and 6.<br />
i4<br />
0.600 0.625 0.650 0.6?5<br />
WAVELENGTH (/rm)<br />
Fig. 9<br />
Correction Factors Cs and T, <strong>for</strong> Wavelengths Belween<br />
0.55 and 0.7 um<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI36.I-I986<br />
o.700<br />
5l
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD 2I.16.I- I9116<br />
;<br />
z<br />
-<br />
o.<br />
-<br />
.51<br />
t ar''<br />
l t l<br />
'1 J< ro t.)<br />
\-- l.n<br />
-1 ,.os;L_<br />
6 8 4 5 6 2 4 6 8 2 6 8 ? t<br />
to<br />
roo looo<br />
EXPOSURE OURATION (SI<br />
Fig. l0<br />
Ocular MPE <strong>for</strong> tntrabeam Viewing (Angular Subtense
,,O<br />
.ro<br />
roo<br />
to<br />
I<br />
5<br />
4<br />
z<br />
I<br />
6<br />
4<br />
2<br />
(r<br />
E l 5<br />
: tol 1.<br />
l.<br />
z,<br />
6<br />
G ir<br />
tori:<br />
\<br />
l'<br />
(b<br />
l'<br />
l4<br />
I'<br />
l '<br />
\<br />
tl<br />
a4<br />
r+w_,<br />
% il^ =r-f=<br />
_1d<br />
N 7,<br />
7t art<br />
c<br />
-*<br />
6 8 4 6 8 2 4 6 8<br />
ro<br />
too tooo<br />
EXPOSURE DURATION (S)<br />
Fig. I I<br />
Ocular MPE <strong>for</strong> Extended Sources (Angular Subtense >c,.,", in Fig. 3)<br />
as a Function <strong>of</strong> Exposure Duration and Wavelength<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD Z I 36. I. I 9Ii6<br />
b<br />
b l<br />
. d I<br />
4<br />
k"<br />
\<br />
\.l<br />
6 8 2 3<br />
to.<br />
I<br />
6<br />
2<br />
too<br />
l l o<br />
s<br />
6<br />
2<br />
I<br />
\ I<br />
-l-1
O(Dlo<br />
q<br />
-i@ (o t<br />
o<br />
o<br />
ct<br />
I<br />
t<br />
(o<br />
(o<br />
I<br />
I<br />
9<br />
I<br />
I<br />
o<br />
.o<br />
Ee<br />
3<br />
&<br />
GI<br />
=3-<br />
.-.'g<br />
oE<br />
€><br />
r:l<br />
Y 3<br />
z<br />
, -<br />
(O lrl<br />
ao<br />
G,<br />
o<br />
= c l<br />
flgg r.!<br />
€ E<br />
Ffi<br />
I<br />
I<br />
at<br />
lrl<br />
_ - J<br />
t<br />
o.<br />
t E<br />
EE<br />
5d<br />
9 s<br />
S€E<br />
I<br />
@<br />
@<br />
e<br />
EGI gg<br />
q 1<br />
EH<br />
I<br />
!t<br />
o<br />
aO<br />
I<br />
I<br />
,<br />
I<br />
@<br />
o<br />
to<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD<br />
ZI ]6,I.I986
,l<br />
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD ZI J6.I.I986<br />
;flNG LENS<br />
(P=5 DIOPTERS OR<br />
GREATER)<br />
,o<br />
SOURCE<br />
SOLID ANGLE OF<br />
ACCEPTANCE<br />
(sEE 9.2) APERTURE STOP<br />
(SEE TABLE 9)<br />
,a<br />
Fig. l3<br />
Measurcment Arrangement Used <strong>for</strong> Purposes<br />
iif Laser Classifi cation<br />
DETECTOR
o<br />
Appendixes<br />
Appendix A<br />
This Appendix is not pan <strong>of</strong> American National standard 2136.l-1986, bul is intended f<strong>of</strong><br />
in<strong>for</strong>mation only.<br />
Examptes <strong>of</strong>Typical Lasers or Laser Syst€m Classificstion and MPE Values <strong>for</strong> Selected Laserc<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> laser classification was designed to include<br />
all types <strong>of</strong> lasers operating at essentially any<br />
wavelength or pulse duration, <strong>the</strong> rules <strong>of</strong><br />
classification (see 3.2) may appear complicated. To<br />
assist in <strong>the</strong> classification <strong>of</strong> commonly available<br />
fasers, Tables Al and A2 have been prcpared to aid<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>r in rapidly determining lhe required<br />
radiometric parameters needed to classify a laser and<br />
its applicable class once <strong>the</strong> required output<br />
parameters are known. Table Al applies to cw lasers<br />
(potential exposure time >0.25 s), and Table ,A2<br />
applies to pulsed lasers. To classify a repetitively<br />
pulsed laser, <strong>the</strong> values in Tables Al and AZ are not<br />
generally applicable but may be <strong>use</strong>d as a first step in<br />
estimating approximately what class <strong>the</strong> laser will fall<br />
into;<br />
56<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>r should <strong>the</strong>n apply <strong>the</strong> rules given in<br />
Section 3 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> standard.<br />
Calculations rcquired <strong>for</strong> some classifications are<br />
presented in Appendix B.<br />
The MPE per pulse values given in Section 8 can be<br />
applied to any laser or laser system operating at<br />
essentially any wavelength, pulse duration and<br />
exposure duration. Tables ,43 and ,{4 have been<br />
preparcd to assist in determining <strong>the</strong> intrabeam MPE<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> eye and skin <strong>for</strong> several commonly <strong>use</strong>d<br />
lasers. Table A3 applies to selected cw lasers and<br />
Table A'4 applies to selected pulsed lasers.<br />
Calculations required to detemire &e MPE <strong>for</strong><br />
various situations are prcsented in Appendix B.
,l<br />
,,<br />
..-<br />
-<br />
ro<br />
(0. I to O-2E<br />
lrrn)<br />
(0.315<br />
ro 04!m)<br />
(0.4<br />
ro 0.?<br />
Im)<br />
(0.? to 1.4 FF)<br />
Fd Inf@d<br />
(l.4 ro l0oIm)<br />
Far InrmEd<br />
{O. l to I mm)<br />
YAG (Quadopled)<br />
H€lium{rdrDium<br />
Helium-Sctenium<br />
YAC (Dolblcd)<br />
Helium-Neon<br />
Krypton<br />
cw Galliutn-Aluminum<br />
YAG<br />
Hydro8en Cyanid.<br />
Table Al<br />
Typical Laser Classification - continuous.Wave (CW) Lasers<br />
125 rm only<br />
35l.l,363.8 nm only<br />
350.?,1564 motrly<br />
457-9, 4?6.t, 488.<br />
(l0lines)<br />
J33nnl<br />
632.8 m<br />
617. I, 530.9, 676.4 nm<br />
o.8s<br />
Im (20 " c)<br />
0-905<br />
ll'n (20 " C)<br />
l,0li, 1.152<br />
xn only<br />
5.0-5.5In<br />
10.6!m<br />
3.39 lrn dly<br />
IIEBE<br />
3l7pm<br />
APPENDTX<br />
ExcnF -Cl!$ l' Cbs.? Clasr 3<br />
Cl6 4<br />
< 0.?5 x lfr W<br />
s 0.3!r trr w<br />
>Clsss l b Cl.ss I blr < 0.5 w > 0.5 W<br />
>ctas.lhr0.5w<br />
>Ctasslbut30.5W >0.5W<br />
- >Chs|butso5w >0.5\'<br />
' > Cllrs I but 0 5 !Y<br />
- > Clu\' I but s lr'5 W >lr't \4<br />
- >ChsrIbut0i\'<br />
- >ClNlburso.sw >05[<br />
* Assumes no mechanical or elecrrical design incoryorar€d inro ldser $ysrcm to prevent exposurcs from lasling lo 1-., = I hours (one workdry): o<strong>the</strong>twis€<br />
rhe Class I AEL could b€ larg€r than lab{llared.<br />
Table A2<br />
Typical Laser Classificalion - single-Puls€ Lasers<br />
Wa'./eng.h<br />
R,n8. l-e. wrvelen8th Pulse Duo(ion EremPl.clrs l c|&s 3 Hi8n.Pog€rcls.4<br />
(O.l ro 04 trn) Q*w (Q{adruplcd)<br />
Ruby (Do$bl.d)<br />
(DoubLd)<br />
Rhodmio€ 6G<br />
(Dy. Lasco<br />
266 nn<br />
532 nh<br />
694.3 nm<br />
450-650 nn<br />
1.064 Fm<br />
L54 Fm<br />
l0to 30x ltr's (Q-sw)<br />
l0ro 30x l0-'s (Q-se)<br />
l i = ?0 'r0" s rQ-sw)<br />
: !0x l0-'i (Q-sw)<br />
: lOlo l00x l0 " s (Q-sw)<br />
I tu t0(tx l0'r (Q-sw)<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Laser Type<br />
Helium-Cadmium<br />
Argon<br />
Helium-Neon<br />
Krypton<br />
Neodymium: YAG<br />
Callium-Arsenide<br />
at room temp<br />
Helium-Cadmium<br />
Nitrogen<br />
Carbon-dioxide<br />
(and o<strong>the</strong>r lasers<br />
1.4 lrm to 1000 pm)<br />
Table A3<br />
Intrabeam MPE <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Eve and Skin <strong>for</strong> Selected CW Lasers<br />
Primary<br />
Wavelength(s)<br />
(nm)<br />
441.6<br />
488/s r4.5<br />
632.E<br />
647<br />
I,064<br />
905<br />
325<br />
337 .l<br />
a)<br />
b)<br />
c)<br />
a)<br />
b)<br />
d)<br />
a)<br />
b)<br />
c)<br />
d)<br />
Exposure Limit<br />
Eye Skin<br />
2.5 mW ' cm-2 <strong>for</strong> 0.25 s<br />
l0 mJ ' cm-z <strong>for</strong> l0 to ld s<br />
I pW.cm-r <strong>for</strong>t> ld s<br />
2.5 mW ' cm-2 <strong>for</strong> 0.25 s<br />
10 mJ ' cm-2 <strong>for</strong> l0 s<br />
170 mJ . cm-z <strong>for</strong> t > 453 s<br />
t7 pW . cm-2 <strong>for</strong> t > lOa s<br />
2.5 mW . cm-2 <strong>for</strong> 0.25 s<br />
l0 nJ . cm-? <strong>for</strong> lo s<br />
280 mJ ' cm-2 <strong>for</strong> t > 871 s<br />
28 pW cm-? <strong>for</strong> t > ld s<br />
1.6 mW cm-z <strong>for</strong> t > 1000 s<br />
0.8 mW cm-2 <strong>for</strong> t > l0O0 s<br />
0.2 W ' cm-2<br />
<strong>for</strong>t> l0s<br />
0.2 W . cm-2<br />
<strong>for</strong>t> l0s<br />
0.2 W . cm-?<br />
<strong>for</strong>t> l0s<br />
1.0 W . cm-2<br />
0.5 W . cm-2<br />
<strong>for</strong>t> l0s<br />
lJ.cm-2<strong>for</strong>l0to3xlOas a) 1J'cm-2<strong>for</strong><br />
l0 to 1000 s<br />
b) l mw .cm-2 <strong>for</strong><br />
t> 1000 s<br />
10,600 0.1 W . cm-2 <strong>for</strong> >10 s 0.1 W.cm-2 <strong>for</strong><br />
t>l0s<br />
Table A4<br />
Intrabea4 MPE <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Eye and Skin For Selected Pulsed Las€rs<br />
Primary<br />
Maximum Pemissible Exposure<br />
wavelength(s) Pulse<br />
Laser (nm) Duration Eye Skin<br />
Normal-pulsed ruby<br />
Q-switched ruby<br />
Rhodamine 6C dye laser<br />
Normal pulsed<br />
neodymium<br />
Q-switched neodymium<br />
58<br />
694.3<br />
694.3<br />
= 500 - 700<br />
1064<br />
l0@<br />
= I msec<br />
5 - 100 nsec<br />
0.5 - 20 psec<br />
= | msec<br />
5 - 100 nsec<br />
t0-s J ' cm-z<br />
5xl0-7J'cm-2<br />
5x l0-?J.cm-2<br />
5xl0-5J'cm-2<br />
5xl0{J.cm-2<br />
0.2 J ' cm-2<br />
0.02 J ' cm-z<br />
0.03 to 0.07 J . cm-2<br />
1.0 J ' cm-z<br />
0.1 J . cm-z
JO<br />
JO<br />
,t'<br />
Appendix B<br />
Calculaaions <strong>for</strong> Hazard Evaluation and Classification<br />
Bl. General<br />
Calculations are not necessary <strong>for</strong> hazard evaluation<br />
aod classification in many applications; however, in<br />
outdoor applications and o<strong>the</strong>r specialized <strong>use</strong>s where<br />
eye exposure is contemplated, several types <strong>of</strong> calculations<br />
permit <strong>the</strong> important quantitative study <strong>of</strong><br />
potential hazards.<br />
Ma<strong>the</strong>matical symbols <strong>use</strong>d here are defined in 82.<br />
Hazard classification and MPE determination may<br />
requirc <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> fomulas in 83. Formulas <strong>use</strong>ful in<br />
estimating exposure at significant distances from <strong>the</strong><br />
laser and in optically aided viewing are presented in<br />
84.<br />
Figures Bl, 82 and 83 illustrate rhe three conditions<br />
<strong>of</strong> ocular exposure to laser mdiation,<br />
82. Symbols<br />
The following symbols are <strong>use</strong>d in <strong>the</strong> <strong>for</strong>mulas <strong>of</strong><br />
this Appendix.<br />
a = Diameter <strong>of</strong>emergent laser beam (cm)<br />
b, = Diameter <strong>of</strong> laser beam incident on a<br />
focusing lens (cm)<br />
= Major axis <strong>of</strong>elliptical cross-section<br />
beam (cm)<br />
c = Minor axis <strong>of</strong> elliptical cross-section<br />
beam (cm)<br />
bl = Width <strong>of</strong> rcctangular beam (cm)<br />
Cl = Height <strong>of</strong> rectangular beam (cm)<br />
d" = Diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pupil <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eye (varies<br />
from approximately 0.2 to 0.7 cm)<br />
= Limiting object size <strong>of</strong> extended object<br />
(cm)<br />
D" = Diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> exit pupil <strong>of</strong>an oprical<br />
system (cm)<br />
Da = Diameter <strong>of</strong> laser beam at range r (cm)<br />
D, = Diameter <strong>of</strong> objective <strong>of</strong> an optical iystem<br />
(cm)<br />
e = Base <strong>of</strong> natural losarithms<br />
APPENDIX<br />
/ = Effective focal length <strong>of</strong>eye (1.7 cm)<br />
.6 = Focal length <strong>of</strong> lens (cm)<br />
F = Pulse-repetition frequency, prf(s-r)<br />
G = Ratio <strong>of</strong> retinal iradiance <strong>of</strong> radiant exposure<br />
received by optically aided eye to<br />
that received by unaided eye<br />
H, E = Radiant exposurc (II) or iradiance (E)<br />
at range r, measurcd in J ' cm-2 <strong>for</strong><br />
pulsed lasers and W ' cm-2 <strong>for</strong> cw lasers<br />
t/,, E, = Emergent beam radiant exposure (I1a) or<br />
inadiance (8") at zero range (units as <strong>for</strong><br />
E,m<br />
Ha = The potential eye exposurc, in <strong>the</strong><br />
appropriate units, utilized in <strong>the</strong><br />
determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optical density<br />
<strong>of</strong>protective eyewear<br />
l, = Radiance <strong>of</strong>an extended source (W.<br />
cm''sr'<br />
lp = lntegrated radiance <strong>of</strong>an exlended source<br />
(J'Cm - 'Sr ',,<br />
m = Atmospheric attenuation coefficient<br />
(cm-r) at a particular wavelength<br />
NA = Numerical aperture <strong>of</strong> optical fiber<br />
P = Magnifying power<strong>of</strong>an optical system<br />
O = Total radiart enorgy output <strong>of</strong> a pulsed<br />
laser, measured in joules<br />
r = Range fmm <strong>the</strong> laser to <strong>the</strong> viewer or to<br />
a diff<strong>use</strong> target (cm)<br />
rr = Range from <strong>the</strong> laser target to <strong>the</strong> viewer<br />
(cm)<br />
11 ."" = Maximum range from <strong>the</strong> laser target to<br />
<strong>the</strong> viewer where extended-source MPE<br />
applies (cm)<br />
R = Radius <strong>of</strong> curvature <strong>of</strong> a specular surface<br />
(cm)<br />
r,vom = The distance along <strong>the</strong> axis <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong><br />
unobstructed beam liom <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
beyond which <strong>the</strong> iffadiance or<br />
radiant exposure is not expected to<br />
exceed <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE (cm)<br />
S = Scan rate <strong>of</strong> a scanning laser (number <strong>of</strong><br />
scans across eye per second)<br />
, = Duration <strong>of</strong>single pulse (s)<br />
T = Total exposure duration (in seconds) <strong>of</strong>a<br />
train <strong>of</strong> pulses<br />
cr = Viewing arigle subtended by an extended<br />
)v
o<br />
o<br />
APPENDIX<br />
source<br />
d-in = Minimum angle subtended by a source <strong>for</strong><br />
which extended-source MPE applies (rad)<br />
p = Atmospheric attenuation coefficient<br />
(cm-r) at a panicular wavelength<br />
0 = Emergent beam divergence measured in<br />
mdians I i e<br />
0r = Emergent beam divergence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> major<br />
cross-sectional dimension <strong>of</strong> a rectangular<br />
or elliptical beam, measured in radians<br />
0? = Emergent beam divergence <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong> minor<br />
cross-sectional dimerlsion <strong>of</strong> a rectangular<br />
or elliptical beam, measurcd in radians<br />
O = Total radiant power output <strong>of</strong> a cw laser,<br />
or average radiant power <strong>of</strong>a rcpetitively<br />
pulsed laser, measured in watt$<br />
pi. = Spctral reflectance <strong>of</strong> a diff<strong>use</strong> object at<br />
wavelength ?',<br />
4 = Maximum angular sweep <strong>of</strong> a scanning<br />
beam (rad)<br />
0u = Viewing angle (see Fig. 83)<br />
orn = Mode field diameter <strong>of</strong> single mode<br />
optical fiber (pm)<br />
83. Examples <strong>of</strong> MPE Determination and Laser<br />
Classification<br />
B3.1 Determining <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> Intrabeam Viewing<br />
<strong>for</strong> Particular Exposures<br />
83.l.l Single-Pulse Laser MPES.<br />
MPEs <strong>for</strong> single-pulse lasers may be calculated from<br />
<strong>the</strong> in<strong>for</strong>mation provided in Tables 5, 6 and 7 (as in<br />
Examples I and 2) or <strong>the</strong>y may be rcad directly from<br />
<strong>the</strong> graphs <strong>of</strong> Figs. 4, 5, 6 and 7.<br />
Emmple l: Single-Pulse Visible Laser. Determine<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a direct intrabeam exposurE to a<br />
694.3 nm ruby laser pulse having a duration <strong>of</strong><br />
8 x l0r s (0.8 ms).<br />
The appropriate MPE, as given in Table -5, is<br />
MPE: t/ = 1.8 x l0-3 r3la J cm-2<br />
Substituting <strong>the</strong> yalues <strong>for</strong> , in <strong>the</strong> example yields<br />
60<br />
I Jiv lO-3 r<br />
MPE: l1 =#<br />
-1,l<br />
_ (1.8x l0-3x8x 10r)<br />
a!8 x Io{<br />
l -1, ., ! ^-6<br />
1.68 x l0-'<br />
Since E . , = H, <strong>the</strong> MPE may also be expressed as:<br />
H 8.6 x l0+ J'cm-2<br />
,\nYL: E =<br />
r 8xl0- s<br />
=l.lxl0-2W.cm-z<br />
Example 2: Single-Pulse Near Infrarcd l,aser. Detet<br />
mine <strong>the</strong> intrabeam dircct-viewing MPE <strong>for</strong> t<br />
1.081pm (Nd: YAG) laser having a pulse durationd<br />
Ex loa s. The MPE as given in Table 5 is<br />
MPE:H = 9t3/a x l0-3 J/cm2<br />
= 9(8x loa)3i a x l0-3<br />
=4.3x10-5J'cm-z<br />
Ano<strong>the</strong>r way to approach this problem is to note thd<br />
in Fig.8, <strong>the</strong> direct-beam MPE <strong>for</strong> this laset is fivc<br />
times that <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> visible laser having <strong>the</strong> same expo<br />
sure duration (see Example l). Therc<strong>for</strong>e, <strong>the</strong> MPE<br />
<strong>for</strong> this exposure is<br />
MPE: H = 5x(8.6x 10-6 J cm-2)<br />
= 4.3 x 10-s J cm-z<br />
and in terms <strong>of</strong> irradiance,<br />
MPE: E = 5 x(l.l x l0-2 w' cm-2)<br />
= 5.4x l0? W' cm-2<br />
83.1.2 Rep€titively Pulsed Laser MPE.<br />
To determine <strong>the</strong> MPE applicable <strong>for</strong> an exposure t0<br />
a repetitively pulsed laser one must know <strong>the</strong><br />
wavelength, prf, duration <strong>of</strong> a single pulse, and dwa'<br />
tion <strong>of</strong> a complete exposurc. The MPE per pulse fot<br />
repetitively pulsed intrabeam viewing is n-rla timel<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a single pulse exposure where n is thc<br />
number <strong>of</strong> pulses found fmm <strong>the</strong> product <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> prf<br />
and <strong>the</strong> exposurc duration (T) as defined in 8.2.2<br />
This MPE applies to all wavelengths gr€ater than<br />
700 nm. For wavelengths between 40O and 700 nrn,<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPE as calculated on <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> n-rla also mu$<br />
not exceed <strong>the</strong> MPE calculated <strong>for</strong> |rl seconds when<br />
nr is sreater than l0 s,
I I<br />
Tlir,'i :":,3*1;If;iTrjfrTfJfiiff"#r<br />
'<br />
. o<br />
-<br />
ance or radiant exposure (radiance or int€grated radiance)<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse ffain duration (f) is limited to <strong>the</strong><br />
MPE <strong>for</strong> one pulse <strong>of</strong> this inadiance or radiant exposure<br />
(radiance or integrated radiance) whose duration<br />
is <strong>the</strong> maximum exposurc duration, fmax.<br />
Exarnple 3: Repetitively Pulsed Visible Laser with<br />
Very High PRF. Determine <strong>the</strong> direct intrabeam<br />
MPE <strong>of</strong> a 514.5 nm (Ar) laser and operating at a prf<br />
(F) <strong>of</strong> l0MHz a pulsewidth t <strong>of</strong> l0ns (10-u s).<br />
Assume an exposure duration I <strong>of</strong> 0.25 s.<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> prf is greater than 15 kHz <strong>the</strong> avemge radiant<br />
exposure limitation applies. From Table 5,<br />
MPE (avg):H < 1.8 t3lax l0-3 J. cm-2<br />
= 1.8(0.25)3/a x t0-3 J.cm-z<br />
=6.36x10{J.cm-?<br />
This may also be expressed in terms <strong>of</strong> average irradiance.<br />
-2<br />
rru'u - z - 6'36x!-o:l' cm<br />
=2.55xlo3W<br />
cm2<br />
Example 4: Repetitively Pulsed Near Infrared Laser<br />
with Moderate PRF. Detemile <strong>the</strong> intrabeam<br />
direct-viewing MPE <strong>for</strong> a 905 nm (GaAs) laser which<br />
has a pulsewidrh r= l0Ons (107s) and a prf<br />
F = I kHz. Since <strong>the</strong> 905 nm wavelength will not<br />
p,rovide a natural aversion response such as a visiblewavelength<br />
laser would, assume a l0 s exposure<br />
duration f <strong>for</strong> this panicular laser application. The<br />
total number <strong>of</strong> pulses in a l0 s exposure duration is<br />
determined from <strong>the</strong> product <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> exposure duration<br />
and <strong>the</strong> prf, i.e., n = F xT equals lOa pulses. From<br />
Fig. 12, <strong>the</strong> reduction factor n-lla is found to be 0.1.<br />
From Table 5 or Fig.8, <strong>the</strong> wavelength conection<br />
factor is 2.6 at 905 nm and th€ MPE from Table 5 <strong>for</strong><br />
a single pulse is:<br />
MPE. H = (5C,{<br />
x l0-?; J. cm-2<br />
.'.MPE/Pulse: H < r?-u4(5C,{ x l0-7; J . cm-z<br />
< 0.1 x5 x2.6x l0-7 J . cm-?<br />
, I "."*. ,n" "ru .-o,,j:o ui'u'J,nu,",,". .**,",.<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> dumtion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> entire oulse train would be:<br />
MPE/(cum) : t/ < ( l0 s) (101 Hz) '<br />
(1.3x l0-? J . cm-2)<br />
=l.3xl0-3J.cm-z<br />
APPENDIX<br />
This may also be exprcssed in terms <strong>of</strong> average irradiance,<br />
.. . ^ .^-r. -t<br />
MpF.F= it _ l.JXtu-J'cm-<br />
T los<br />
= t.3x 104 W ' cm-2<br />
Example 5: l-ow-PRF, long-Pulse, RePetitively<br />
Pulsed Visible Laser. Determine <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a<br />
632.8 nm (He-Ne) laser where T = 0.25 s, t = l0-3 s,<br />
andF=l0OHz.<br />
The MPE per pulse is given by <strong>the</strong> product <strong>of</strong> n-rla<br />
and <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a single pulse. [n addition, since<br />
this is a visible laser, <strong>the</strong> MPE.per pulse must not<br />
exceed <strong>the</strong> MPE calculated <strong>for</strong> r, when nt is greater<br />
than l0 s.<br />
nt=t'F'T<br />
= (10-3 s) (0.25<br />
s) (t00 Hz) = 2.5x 102 s<br />
(Eq Bl)<br />
Since this is less than l0 s, <strong>the</strong> latter does not apply.<br />
The total number <strong>of</strong> pulses in <strong>the</strong> 0.25 s exposure is<br />
n = F x I equals 25. From Fig. 12 <strong>the</strong> conesPonding<br />
value <strong>of</strong> n-rla is 0.45.<br />
From Table 5 or Fig.4 lhe MPE <strong>for</strong> a single l0-3 s<br />
pulse is<br />
MPE: H ( 1.8 tlla x l0-3 J cm-z<br />
= l.0lxl0-s J'cm-2<br />
and <strong>the</strong> corresponding MPE per pulse <strong>for</strong> a 0.25s<br />
exposure is:<br />
MPE/Pulse: Hi < (n-rl4) MPE<br />
= (0.45) ( l.0lxr 0-5)<br />
=4.55x10{J'cm-2<br />
ln terms <strong>of</strong> average power,<br />
MPE (average power): E.,e= H ' F<br />
= (4.55 x l0{ J . cm-z)( l0O Hz)<br />
=4.55x10aW'cm-2<br />
(Ec 82)<br />
Example 6: One-Pulse Croup, Shon-Pulse L,aser'<br />
Find <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>of</strong> a p-switched ruby laser (694.3 nm)<br />
6l
APPENDIX<br />
which has an output <strong>of</strong> three 20 ns pulses, each<br />
separated by l0O ns.<br />
This is not a repetitively pulsed laser in <strong>the</strong> usual<br />
sense (that is, one having a continuous train <strong>of</strong> pulses<br />
lasting on <strong>the</strong> order <strong>of</strong> 0.25 s or more with <strong>the</strong> pulses<br />
being reasonably equally spaced). The inaabeam<br />
visible MPE per pulse is given as <strong>the</strong> product <strong>of</strong> n-rla<br />
and <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a single pulse (from Table 5), or <strong>the</strong><br />
MPE per pulse is<br />
MPE/Pulse : H < 1n-rla; lMpE; J' cm-2<br />
= 3-l/a (5 x l0-?)<br />
= 3.8x l0-7 J.cm-2<br />
Example 7: Repetitively Pulsed Pulse Groups. Find<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> an Argon laser (488 nm) <strong>use</strong>d in a<br />
pulse.code-modulated (pcm) communications link.<br />
The laser presents l0a "words" per second (that is,<br />
10" pulse groups per second) and each word consists<br />
<strong>of</strong> five 20 ns pulses spaced at coded intervals such<br />
that each pulse group lasts no longer than I ps.<br />
The effective prf <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse train is equal to <strong>the</strong> product<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> words per second and <strong>the</strong><br />
number <strong>of</strong> pulses per word, or 50 kHz. Since this is<br />
greater than 15 kHz, <strong>the</strong> cw or average power limitation<br />
applies. Thus, <strong>the</strong> corresponding MPE from<br />
Table 5 or Fig.4 <strong>for</strong> a nonmodulated laser and an<br />
exposure duration <strong>of</strong> 0.25 s is:<br />
or<br />
MPE:11 = 1.8 l3l4x10-3 J - cm-z<br />
I R,l/4 Y l n-l<br />
MPE : E( ""' ^ '" W cm-2<br />
I<br />
=2.55x10-3W.cm-2<br />
This value is compared with <strong>the</strong> average irradiance <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> laser which is obtained from <strong>the</strong> effective duty<br />
factor <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse train and <strong>the</strong> peak power. The<br />
duty factor is defined as <strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse width<br />
(r) to <strong>the</strong> period, which can also be expressed as<br />
t x f. In this example <strong>the</strong> effective duty factor is<br />
20nsx50kHz=0.001 and hence <strong>the</strong> average irradiance<br />
is 0.001 times <strong>the</strong> peak inadiance.<br />
83.2 Determining When to Use <strong>the</strong> Extended-<br />
Source MPEs.<br />
The intrabeam MPEs are <strong>use</strong>d in all situations <strong>of</strong><br />
intrabeam viewing <strong>of</strong> thc direcl beam or specularly<br />
62<br />
rcflected beam, except <strong>for</strong> close viewing <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
diodes or diode arrays. The intrabeam MPEs are also<br />
<strong>use</strong>d when viewing an extended source at a distance<br />
greater than r I ll's .<br />
83.2.1 Extended-Source MPEs Application.<br />
The extended-source MPEs are applied only in <strong>the</strong><br />
spectral region <strong>of</strong> 0.4 to 1.4 pm where <strong>the</strong> source size<br />
is significantly larger than a "point;'and wherc <strong>the</strong><br />
conesponding retinal image in <strong>the</strong> viewer's eye is<br />
definitely not a "minimal spot". Diff<strong>use</strong> reflections<br />
arc extended sources at close viewing distances;<br />
<strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e, depending upon environmental considerations<br />
and <strong>the</strong> laser, it may be necessary to consider<br />
<strong>the</strong> extended-source MPEs. Class I and 2 lasers are<br />
not capable <strong>of</strong> producing hazardous diff<strong>use</strong><br />
reflections, and only <strong>the</strong> direct ocular inrabeamviewing<br />
MPEs arE applied (exc€pt in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong><br />
intrabeam viewing <strong>of</strong> semiconductor diode lasers and<br />
laser arrays), Class 4 lasers are always capable <strong>of</strong><br />
producing hazardous diff<strong>use</strong> reflections at close viewing<br />
distances. Class 3 lasers will not pmduce hazardous<br />
diff<strong>use</strong> reflections <strong>for</strong> exposure times
JO<br />
D1 . cosO,<br />
cQnm = --l-<br />
'lnar<br />
Emmple 8: Finding <strong>the</strong> Maximum Distance Where<br />
<strong>the</strong> Extended-Source MPE Applies. Find <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />
distance rr <strong>for</strong> a visible laser having an emergent<br />
beam diameter d = I cm, a beam divergence<br />
Q = l0' rad, and a pulse duration <strong>of</strong> 20 ps. A diff<strong>use</strong><br />
matte target is placed l@ cm from <strong>the</strong> beam exit<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser; that is, th€ target distance r = 100 cm.<br />
The relation <strong>of</strong> D1 (in Fig. B I ) to <strong>the</strong> emergent beam<br />
divergence and diameter is:<br />
Dt=a+r'Q<br />
(Eq 84)<br />
At sholt target distances, where (r.Q) is nearly zero,<br />
Dz is clearly <strong>the</strong> same as a, or I cm, and using Eq 83<br />
and finding o,n,n from Fig. 3, we have:<br />
Dlcos0u<br />
rlmu=c4oin<br />
which <strong>for</strong> small viewing angles, where cos0v = l, is<br />
a (l cm) (l)<br />
rr drw = - = -----j-:--:::r+j-.-_ = 625 cm<br />
oq.i^ (1.6x l0-r rad)<br />
There<strong>for</strong>c, <strong>for</strong> distances less than 625 cm, <strong>the</strong> applicable<br />
MPE from Table 6 or Fig. 7 is.<br />
MPE=l0rr/3J'cm-z.sar<br />
or<br />
MPE = 10(20x l0{)r'3 J 'cm-? . sal<br />
=2.'l2xll-t J .cm-2 . sal<br />
and <strong>for</strong> greater distances <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE from<br />
Tabte 5 or Fig. 4 is 5x l0-7 J' cm-2.<br />
This example illustrates that <strong>for</strong> most pulsed lasers<br />
<strong>the</strong> extended-source MPEs are applicable <strong>for</strong> diff<strong>use</strong><br />
reflections in such indoor areas as laboratories.<br />
Exceptions would be foc<strong>use</strong>d-beam diff<strong>use</strong><br />
reflections, such as those occuning in microdrilling<br />
processes, For visible cw lasers where <strong>the</strong> exposure<br />
time could b€ 0.25 s or greater and where a is <strong>of</strong>ten<br />
only 0,1 to 0.2cm, q;" is sufficiently great (10-<br />
24 mrad) that <strong>the</strong> maximum distance r 1 at which <strong>the</strong><br />
extended source MPEs apply would be only a few<br />
centimeters and <strong>the</strong> intrabeam MPEs would be more<br />
rclevant. For a = 0.1 cm, and o"nin = 24 mrad,<br />
rl mlx<br />
= a/ohin = 4.2 cm.<br />
Exatnple 9: Extended-Source MPEs <strong>for</strong> Diff<strong>use</strong><br />
Reflections Expressed as Incident-Beam Irradiance or<br />
Radiant Exposure. In most cases it is simpler to<br />
determine whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> incident-beam irradiance or<br />
radiant exposure is capable <strong>of</strong> producing a hazardous<br />
APPENDIX<br />
diff<strong>use</strong> reflection, ra<strong>the</strong>r than having to deal with less<br />
familiar radiometric quantities such as radiance.<br />
Consider <strong>the</strong> laser defined in Example 8. Since <strong>the</strong><br />
extended-source MPE is exprcssed as an integrated<br />
radiance, it is necessary to determine <strong>the</strong> beam radiant<br />
exposure at <strong>the</strong> target which Produces this<br />
integrated radiance. The relation is<br />
H.o\<br />
L" = -------:-::<br />
OI<br />
H = --------L<br />
Pr<br />
where L, is determined from Table 6.<br />
(F.q B5)<br />
Hence, <strong>the</strong> MPE expressed <strong>for</strong> a 100% - reflectance<br />
white diff<strong>use</strong> talget is<br />
(3.14J Q.8x l?-t J . cm-2 . sr<br />
1.0<br />
= 0.88 J cm-'<br />
NOTE| Eq 85 is stricdy true only <strong>for</strong> a <strong>the</strong>oreticalty perfect<br />
Lambenian surface: however, unless a surface has a highly<br />
glossy !;heen, it may b€ considered sufficiently<br />
"diff<strong>use</strong>"<br />
ro apply this <strong>for</strong>mula and <strong>the</strong> diff<strong>use</strong>-surface MPES. The<br />
above rcsult could have been obtained by interpolating <strong>the</strong><br />
values in Column 4 <strong>of</strong> Table B I belween l0-" and l0* s.<br />
Example l0: Sp€ctral Corrections <strong>for</strong> Near Infrared<br />
Laser MPEs. A GaAs laser operating at room temperature<br />
has a peak wavelength at 0.904 pm. What is<br />
<strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a single pulse <strong>of</strong> 200 ns duration?<br />
The MPE can be calculated fmm <strong>the</strong> in<strong>for</strong>malion in<br />
Table 5 and 6 or can be determined as follows: From<br />
Fig.8, note that <strong>the</strong> spectral corection factor C,{ is<br />
2.5. From Fig.4, <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> direct viewing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
source is H = (2.5) (5x t0-7 J 'cm2; = l.28xl0{<br />
J'cm-2 <strong>for</strong> a single pulse. Similarly, <strong>the</strong> extendedsource<br />
MPE (from Fig.7 <strong>for</strong> 200 ns) <strong>for</strong> sources subtending<br />
an angle greater ihan 3.3 mrad is<br />
(2.5) (5.8x l0 2 J .cm 2<br />
sr-r;=<br />
1.46 x 10-r J cm-z ' sal .<br />
NOTE: Unlike gas or solid-statc lasers, some semiconductor<br />
diqde lasers o. laser anays could be an extended source<br />
at close viewing range within <strong>the</strong> beam if <strong>the</strong> line source<br />
were magnified by a projection lens or a microscope-
APPENDIX<br />
B3.3 Central-Beam Irradiance or Radiant Exposur€.<br />
Often <strong>the</strong> beam inadiance or radiant exposure is not<br />
provided in a laser's specification. However, if <strong>the</strong><br />
laser is single mode and has a Gaussian beam pr<strong>of</strong>ile,<br />
<strong>the</strong> central-beam values may be obtained from lhe<br />
beam diameter specilied at l/e points and <strong>the</strong> beam<br />
radiant power or energy. The relations are<br />
- 40 1.274<br />
(Eq 86)<br />
Lo= -.......--l =<br />
"<br />
17a' 4-<br />
or<br />
. _" Q _1.?7Q<br />
,to - -------;<br />
a<br />
- ------lta'<br />
a'<br />
Often <strong>the</strong> beam divergence or diameter is specified at<br />
lle2 points ra<strong>the</strong>r than aa <strong>the</strong> lle points, so that <strong>the</strong><br />
above relations would provide average values ra<strong>the</strong>r<br />
than central-beam values. In such a case, divide <strong>the</strong><br />
diameter specified at <strong>the</strong> l/e2 points by {7 to obtain<br />
<strong>the</strong> corresponding l/e value. Note however, that <strong>the</strong><br />
MPEs can be specified as averaged ei<strong>the</strong>r over a I<br />
mm or 7 mm aperture depending on <strong>the</strong> wavelength.<br />
In this case <strong>the</strong> calculated values <strong>of</strong> 11., or 8,, may not<br />
be relevant.<br />
83.4 Laser Classification.<br />
Examples I I through 16 show nrethods <strong>of</strong>calculating<br />
parameters necessary <strong>for</strong> classifying lasers in accotdance<br />
with Section 3 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> standard.<br />
Example Il: Classify a single pulse (prt
fa<br />
,l<br />
,o<br />
pipe; Class 4, if more than 0.5 W is emitted from <strong>the</strong><br />
laser system as an unenclosed beam; or Class 3b, if<br />
after passing through beam-<strong>for</strong>ming optics <strong>the</strong> total<br />
optical power in <strong>the</strong> beam werc greater than 5 mW<br />
but less than 0.5 W(see3.3).<br />
Etample 15: Find <strong>the</strong> appropriate beam diameter to<br />
be <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> calculations in this standard if a laser<br />
beam diameter is specified as being 3 mm in diameter<br />
as measured at l/e'-<strong>of</strong>-peak-inadiance points. The<br />
beam is fur<strong>the</strong>r specified to be single-mode and Gaussian.<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> beam is Gaussian, <strong>use</strong> may be made <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
relation that <strong>the</strong> beam diameter measured at <strong>the</strong> l/e2<br />
points is greater by a factor <strong>of</strong> {T= l.4l than <strong>the</strong><br />
diameaer measured at <strong>the</strong> l/e points. Henc€:<br />
0.3 cm<br />
a=- = tr-l I cm<br />
\12<br />
This exercise was purely academic, since <strong>the</strong> calculation<br />
<strong>of</strong> diameters below 7 mm is not necessary to<br />
determine laser classification. The value a could,<br />
however, have been <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser range equalion<br />
Eq 87 (see 84.l ).<br />
Emmple 16: Classify a 0.6328 pm visible laser (He-<br />
Ne) <strong>use</strong>d as a remote-control switch. The laser is<br />
electronically pulsed with a I mW peak-power output,<br />
a pulse duration <strong>of</strong> 0.1 s (hence an energy <strong>of</strong><br />
l0{ J per pulse) and a beam diameter <strong>of</strong> I cm. The<br />
recycle time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser is 5 s (maximum<br />
prf = 0.2 Hz).<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> device is pulse.d with an exposure duration<br />
<strong>of</strong> 0.1 s, <strong>the</strong> applicable MPE <strong>for</strong> intrabeam viewing<br />
from Table 5 or Fig. 4 is 3.2 x l0-3 W.cm-? or<br />
3.2 x lt' ! . cm-z. Using Eq 86, <strong>the</strong> emergent beam<br />
radiant exposure per pulse is l.27xl0{J.cm-2,<br />
which is less than half <strong>the</strong> MPE, indicating <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
is Class I if repeated exposure is not considered possible.<br />
In <strong>the</strong> absence <strong>of</strong> biologic dara and MPEs <strong>for</strong><br />
exposures repeated at prfs less than I Hz, <strong>the</strong> exposures<br />
should be considered linearly additive. Following<br />
this rule, at least two exposures are possible considering<br />
all three aspects in a hazard evaluation (see<br />
3.1); <strong>the</strong> prudent approach would be to apply a caution<br />
label to <strong>the</strong> device with <strong>the</strong> words "Do Nor Stare<br />
Continuously Into Laser Beam".<br />
APPENDIX<br />
84. Formulas and Examples Useful in Evaluation<br />
<strong>of</strong> Various Laser Applicftions*<br />
84.l Correction <strong>for</strong> Atmospherlc Attenuation.<br />
Beam irradiance, f, or radiant exposure, f/, <strong>for</strong> a nondiverging<br />
beam at range r which is attenuated by <strong>the</strong><br />
atmosphere is given by<br />
E_E ^itr<br />
or<br />
H = Hoe-['<br />
(Eq 87)<br />
NOTE: The anenuation coeffcic[I. l-1. varies from l0{ per<br />
centimeter in thick fog to l0-' in air <strong>of</strong> very good visibilily.<br />
The Rayleigh scattering coeflicienr at 0.6943 pm is<br />
4.llx l0 xcm-r, and l.8x l0-7cm-r at 0.500 um, The<br />
eflect <strong>of</strong> acrosols in cvcn thc clcanest atmosphcrcs uliuitlly<br />
raises p at 0.6943 pm to at least l0-7 cm r.<br />
84.2 The Laser Range Equation,<br />
Average irradiance at range r (<strong>for</strong> a direct circular<br />
beam) is <strong>the</strong> total power in <strong>the</strong> beam at ,' divided by<br />
<strong>the</strong> area <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> beam at ,'; likewise, <strong>the</strong> radiant exposure<br />
in a nonturbulent medium is <strong>the</strong> total energy in<br />
<strong>the</strong> beam at r divided by its total area.<br />
' @e lt' | .2'1 Q e-r<br />
(Eq 88)<br />
'<br />
z=----f--|T=<br />
la+r-Ol<br />
nl " I<br />
L - _ t<br />
n"-lt | | j1 /'la-l.r r<br />
H = --Y--------,-t'- = :::29:-<br />
" l<br />
la+rbl'<br />
? |<br />
L - J<br />
(a+rQ>'<br />
(Eq 89)<br />
NOTE l: These <strong>for</strong>mulas are accurate only <strong>for</strong> small 0<br />
values: <strong>the</strong> accur,rcy is belter than l% tbr angles less than<br />
0.l7rad (10') and better than 5% tbr angl€s less than<br />
0.37 rad (21').<br />
NOTE 2: For a Gaussian beam <strong>the</strong> mdximum iffadiance at<br />
<strong>the</strong> beam axis is calculatcd using Eq 88, if a and S are<br />
defined at <strong>the</strong> l/e points <strong>of</strong> maximum irradiance.<br />
* Adrpted ironr C.'l 1l .'J ltu:ar.l! kt Hutlth ft1'n Lu:ttr<br />
Rudiution, U.S. Depanment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Afmy Technical Bulletin<br />
I'B-MED-524 {1985). S€€ Applndix C, References <strong>for</strong> Control
APPENDIX<br />
NOTE 3: For rectangular or elliptical beams see 84.7.<br />
Example I7'. Find <strong>the</strong> radiant exposure at I km<br />
(105 cm) from a O.lJ Q switched ruby laser (pulse<br />
length = 20 ns) which has a beam div€rgence <strong>of</strong><br />
I mrad (lfr rad) and an emergent beam diameter <strong>of</strong><br />
0.7 cm. Using !t = l0-7 cm-r to provide a worst case<br />
estimate,<br />
"<br />
'J =<br />
, ,rrn , ,,_fl0 ' )rtd )<br />
jj:j-:::j=-<br />
(0.7 + 1t05;116-111:<br />
_ (1.27) (0.1) (0.ee)<br />
(0.7 + 100)2<br />
= 1.25 x l0-5 J . cm-2<br />
84.2.1 Norninal Ocular Hazrrd Distance<br />
(NOHD).<br />
If <strong>the</strong> atmospheric attenuation coefficient is<br />
neglected, a worst case estimate <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NOHD<br />
(rM<strong>of</strong>lD) <strong>for</strong> Example l7 can be calculated from:<br />
1<br />
rNoHD =<br />
6<br />
o [,_ I<br />
=# h/+*P -.'J<br />
( 5.M km<br />
84,2.2 Range Nomogram, Fig, 86.<br />
The range nomogram in Fig. 86 (which includes <strong>the</strong><br />
attenuation coefficient) can also be <strong>use</strong>d to determine<br />
rNoHD. For <strong>the</strong> values given in Example 17, draw a<br />
line between l00mJ and l.0mrad. This line intercepts<br />
<strong>the</strong> "lntegrated Radiant lntensity" scale at<br />
approximately 0.13 MJ ' s.'. A line is <strong>the</strong>n drawn<br />
from <strong>the</strong> above point to 0.5 lrJ.cm-z on <strong>the</strong> "Radiant<br />
Exposure" scale, intercepting <strong>the</strong> "Range" scale<br />
at 4.9 km <strong>for</strong> a clear day and 4 km <strong>for</strong> a hazy day.<br />
84,3 Bearn Diameter.<br />
The minimum beam diameter. <strong>for</strong> a small 0 at range<br />
r, is given by F4 84:<br />
Dt=a +Qr<br />
Example 18: Find <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> a laser beam at<br />
l km where <strong>the</strong> emergent beam diameter is lOcm<br />
and <strong>the</strong> beam divergence is 0.1 mrad.<br />
66<br />
Dr = l0 cm + (l0r rad) (105 cm)<br />
P1<br />
E=<br />
tD cosO"<br />
or<br />
H=<br />
and<br />
= l0+ l0=20cm<br />
84,4 Diff<strong>use</strong> Refl ections.<br />
The reflected irradiance or radiant exposure <strong>for</strong> a dif.<br />
f<strong>use</strong> reflector (<strong>for</strong> rl :> D.) is given by<br />
--;4-<br />
pr O cos0"<br />
--;i-<br />
{@=,,.,".<br />
'(rr)(10-")<br />
(Eqs Bl0<br />
Example 19: Find <strong>the</strong> maximum rcflected mdiad<br />
exposure at a point along <strong>the</strong> beam axis <strong>of</strong> a 0.1 I<br />
laser, lOm from a diff<strong>use</strong> matte <strong>of</strong> reflectance 0.6 .<br />
(cos 0l = 1).<br />
H_<br />
(0.1J)(9.6),<br />
= 1.9t x tga J.cm-2<br />
(3.14) (10' cm)'<br />
Example 20: Find <strong>the</strong> minimum safe viewing distane<br />
<strong>for</strong> looking at a diff<strong>use</strong> target having a rcflectivity<br />
P;, = 0.9 from a laboratory Ar laser with O = 2W and<br />
d = 2 mm (assume a l0 s exposure duration). (fhis is<br />
also <strong>the</strong> border <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NHZ, see Fig. B4). The emergent<br />
beam irradiance is 6^3.7 W.cm-2 which ir<br />
greater than <strong>the</strong> 6,8 W 'cm-' maximum permissible<br />
irradiance incident on a 100 percent diff<strong>use</strong>ly<br />
reflecting surface <strong>for</strong> a lOs exposure duration (s€e<br />
TableBl). It is <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e concluded that 4vflz must<br />
be greater than Dllohin and intmbeam MPEs apply.<br />
Hence, <strong>the</strong> l0 s MPE is I x l0-3 w'cm-2 (Table 5<br />
or Fig. 4) and <strong>the</strong> expression <strong>for</strong> rpsT can be found by<br />
reananging Eq Bl0. Hence<br />
(Eq BI0a)<br />
Figure 86 may also be <strong>use</strong>d to determine this distance<br />
graphically.
84.5 OptlcaUy Alded Vlewing.<br />
The ratio, G, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> radiant exposure or inadiance at<br />
<strong>the</strong> retina when viewing is aided by an optical system,<br />
to that received if <strong>the</strong> eye were unaided, is<br />
defined by <strong>the</strong> equations given in B4.5.1 and 84.5.2.<br />
84,5.1<br />
Intrabeam viewing and specular reflection (or diff<strong>use</strong><br />
spot unresolved by eye and optical system):<br />
D7<br />
Q = --l <strong>for</strong> d"2D"<br />
a;<br />
ano<br />
D2<br />
G=-s=P' <strong>for</strong> d"3D"<br />
t);<br />
84.5.2<br />
Indirect viewing <strong>of</strong> a diff<strong>use</strong> reflection, extended<br />
objects only (that is, <strong>the</strong> object subtendsan<br />
angle<br />
greater than 0.6 mrad when magnified):<br />
D1<br />
C = -<br />
and<br />
3l<strong>for</strong>d,2D"<br />
DI<br />
C = =j ^ =l<strong>for</strong>d"3D.<br />
P'Di<br />
(Eq Bl l)<br />
(Eq B l2)<br />
(Eq B 13)<br />
(Eq B 14)<br />
NOTE: The ratio, G, is affected by <strong>the</strong> optical transmission<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> instrument, but this is normally insignificant. If this<br />
is not <strong>the</strong> case, <strong>the</strong>n this factor should be in <strong>the</strong> numera(ors<br />
<strong>of</strong> Eqs Bll through B14.<br />
Example 2l: Viewing <strong>the</strong> diff<strong>use</strong> reflection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
laser flash <strong>of</strong> Example l9 through a pair <strong>of</strong> l0 x 50<br />
binoculars (that is, P = l0 and D., = 50 mm). Determine<br />
<strong>the</strong> relative hazard io <strong>the</strong> viewer's eyes <strong>for</strong> night<br />
viewing. Since <strong>the</strong> exit pupil is D,/P = 0.5 cm,<br />
estimating 4 to be 0.7 cm and using Eq B13 yields<br />
G= - !5cm)2 - =-_4 _ =0.r,<br />
(10)2 (0.7 cm)2 (100) (0.49,<br />
The hazard is equiyalent to a comeal radiant exposure<br />
on <strong>the</strong> naked eye <strong>of</strong>: (0.51)(1.91 x l0-8 J .cm-2) =<br />
9.7 x l0-q J . cm-2.<br />
Emmple 22: Viewing a specularly reflecled beam at a<br />
distant point where <strong>the</strong> beam radiant exposure measurcs<br />
2 x lO-e J.cm-2. If an operator were to view<br />
<strong>the</strong> beam through a pair <strong>of</strong> 7 x 50 binoculars, (and <strong>the</strong><br />
beam diarneter is larger than <strong>the</strong> objective diameter),<br />
what would be <strong>the</strong> relative hazard compared with<br />
unaided viewing? The magnifying power, P, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
APPENDIX<br />
binoculars is 7 and, if inrierted in Eq Bl2, will pro.<br />
vide <strong>the</strong> simplest solution:<br />
G=p2=72=49<br />
Thus, <strong>the</strong> operator would be viewing a level 49 times<br />
greater than with <strong>the</strong> naked ey^e, or a com€al radiant<br />
exposurc <strong>of</strong> nearly l0-' J . cm-'.<br />
84.6 Scanning Lasers.<br />
The comeal radiant exposure <strong>for</strong> a single exposure<br />
from a scanning laser beam is given by Eqs B 15 and<br />
Bl6. (Repetitive-pulsed exposures depend upon<br />
geometrical considerations, scan rate and frame rale.)<br />
.- l.ZlQen' de ^<br />
a =,, *6 ;d- ror4>(4+/'o)<br />
ot<br />
<strong>for</strong> d" < (a + r$)<br />
(4 + ro) 0's0")<br />
(Eq B l5)<br />
(& B16)<br />
The applicable MPEs depend upon <strong>the</strong> repetitive<br />
nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> exposure and <strong>the</strong> exposure duration <strong>of</strong> a<br />
single pulse, where<br />
r=@!-!$ <strong>for</strong> d. < (a + 16)<br />
rJ U.<br />
or<br />
|.27 Qe-Y'<br />
d"<br />
1= _ <strong>for</strong> d" > (a + rO)<br />
ruur<br />
and <strong>the</strong> prf is 5 if each scan passes over <strong>the</strong> eye.<br />
(Eq B l7)<br />
(Eq B 18)<br />
Example 23: Find <strong>the</strong> exposure <strong>of</strong> a scanning He-Ne<br />
laser system having <strong>the</strong> _following<br />
pararnete$:<br />
a=0.lcm, Q=5 x 10" rad,
o<br />
APPENDIX<br />
'<br />
0,1+(200)(5 x t0-3) l.l<br />
(?oo) (30) (o.l) 600<br />
t = - = -<br />
= 1.85 x l0-3 s<br />
Step 3. The radiant exposure per pulse as found from<br />
Eq Bl6 is:<br />
(r.27) (10 x lo-1)(l)<br />
" ,. =<br />
(oJJ l x2oox3oxoJ )<br />
=l.92xl0sJ'cm-2<br />
Step 4. The average irradiance at <strong>the</strong> comea is<br />
Eav = H . S = (1.92x l0-5) (30)<br />
= -5.76 x 10{ W cm-2<br />
Step 5. The applicabte MPE per pulse <strong>for</strong> a 0.25 s<br />
exposure is determined by <strong>the</strong> cumulative exposure <strong>of</strong><br />
almost eight pulses:<br />
MPE/Pulse = n-r14(MPE)<br />
= r-rla11.g tl/a) x lo:3 J .cm 2<br />
= 8r/4(1.8) (1.82 x 1fr3)3/a x lf3 =<br />
= (0.s95) ( 1.6 x l0-s) =<br />
=9.44xt06J'cm-2<br />
The total radiant exprosure <strong>for</strong> a 0.25 s exposure duration<br />
must be compared with <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a pulse train<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same duration. The MPE <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> pulse train<br />
dumtion is:<br />
MPE/Train = a (MPE/Pulse)<br />
(S) (9.44 x tg o1J cm-?<br />
= 7.55 x 10-5 J cm-2<br />
This total radiant exposure is equal to <strong>the</strong> producl <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> single pulse exposure and <strong>the</strong> number <strong>of</strong> pulses,<br />
or<br />
11r,, = n (H/Pulse)<br />
=8(1.92x10-5)<br />
= 15.4 x l0-5 J cm-z<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> MPE <strong>for</strong> a 0.25 s exposurc duration is less<br />
than <strong>the</strong> radiant exposure <strong>for</strong> a train <strong>of</strong> pulses <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
68<br />
same duration, <strong>the</strong> exposure is not permissible <strong>for</strong><br />
momentary (uninrcntional; viewing.<br />
84.7 Axial Beam Radiant Exposure <strong>for</strong> R€ctangu.<br />
lar and Elliptical Beams.<br />
The axial beam radiant exposure <strong>for</strong> a rectangular or<br />
elliptical beam can be calculated using modifications<br />
<strong>of</strong> Eqs 88 and 89.<br />
For an elliptical beam<br />
1.27 @ e}' (Eq Bl9)<br />
(b + ror) (c + r02)<br />
-. t .27 Oe-P'<br />
'' H = +<br />
(h + r0r) (c + r02)<br />
For a rectangulat beam (or a<br />
bt=tt)<br />
E=<br />
H =<br />
@ e+'<br />
(br +r0r)(cr +r+2)<br />
Qc-P'<br />
(h1+i'q'116'a,.qr;<br />
(Eq 820)<br />
squarc beam, wherc<br />
(Eq B2l)<br />
(Eq B22)<br />
Example 24: Find <strong>the</strong> average beam irradiance at<br />
r = 20 m <strong>for</strong> a CaAs laser illuminator with <strong>the</strong> following<br />
parameters: @=2W; br =2cm;cr = l3cm;<br />
0r = 5l mrad (3"); 0z = l7 mrad (l').<br />
Using Eq B2l:<br />
(2W)(l)<br />
[2 cm + (200O cm) (0.05 radiJ<br />
.<br />
[1.3 cm + (2000 cm) (0.017 rad)<br />
E=<br />
t<br />
=5.4x lOa w cm-2<br />
( r04) (35.3)<br />
B4.E Nominal Hazard Zone (NHZ).<br />
Examples 25 and 26 show methods <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> determining<br />
lhe NHZ <strong>for</strong> medical and industrial laser<br />
applications.<br />
E,rample 25: A 50 W cw Nd:YAG (l'= 1.064lrm)<br />
surgical laser is <strong>use</strong>d in an operating suite. It can be<br />
<strong>use</strong>d ei<strong>the</strong>r with an endoscope (where <strong>the</strong> beam is<br />
contained within <strong>the</strong> patient whenever ihe laser<br />
operates). or with a handpiece having a focal length<br />
<strong>of</strong> l0cm and emergent beam diametsr, a, <strong>of</strong> I cm<br />
(f /a) = l9 Determine <strong>the</strong> NHZ.
lO<br />
,,.0 L when <strong>the</strong> laser is operated with rhe endo-<br />
, scope lhe NHZ is limitcd to <strong>the</strong> endoscope.<br />
Step 2. Delermine rNHz. When <strong>the</strong> handpiece is <strong>use</strong>d<br />
<strong>the</strong> beam would normally be directed downward<br />
toward <strong>the</strong> patient and <strong>the</strong> diff<strong>use</strong> reflection zone<br />
from a worsFcase reflection from an anodized instrument<br />
(p=O.9) could be calculated from Eq. Bl0a.<br />
Assuming a worst case viewing angle, (0u = 0"),<br />
(0.9x50x1)<br />
r(5x103)<br />
=./2364 = 53.5 gm<br />
Although one could attempt to <strong>use</strong> TableBl, <strong>the</strong><br />
focal spot size would vary and is nol generally<br />
known; hence Eq. Bl0a provides <strong>the</strong> only approach,<br />
and in any case will always provide <strong>the</strong> most conservatlve<br />
answer.<br />
Step 3. Determine ry6pp. lf <strong>the</strong> handpiece could be<br />
directed away from <strong>the</strong> patient, determine r*op <strong>for</strong> a<br />
I0 s exposure where <strong>the</strong> MPE(E) is 5 mW cm-z:<br />
I<br />
0<br />
ti<br />
l0<br />
I<br />
^ fr2i @<br />
Y cm<br />
t"a<br />
| .27 A<br />
MPE "...<br />
1.27 (so)<br />
fxltt-<br />
=ll?6cm=ll.3m<br />
(Eq B23)<br />
This value <strong>of</strong> 11.3 m becomes <strong>the</strong> dominant value <strong>for</strong><br />
determining <strong>the</strong> radial extent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NHZ if rhe beam<br />
can be reasonably expected to be accidentally or<br />
intentionally directed toward people. In normal surgical<br />
<strong>use</strong>, such lasers are not intentionally operat€d<br />
except when directed at <strong>the</strong> target tissue. Hence <strong>the</strong><br />
I1.3 m distance shoutd be <strong>use</strong>d to define <strong>the</strong> region<br />
wherein eye protection and o<strong>the</strong>r control measures<br />
(e.g., area,/entryway controls) arc administratively<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Example 26: A manufacture <strong>use</strong>s a 1000 W (l kW)<br />
cw CO2 laser <strong>for</strong> a cutting process. The beam is<br />
routed through a beam conduit (pipe) tb a final work<br />
station where <strong>the</strong> beam size has expanded to a diameter<br />
<strong>of</strong> I inch (2.54 cm). A s-inch (l2.7cm) focal<br />
length lens is <strong>use</strong>d to focus <strong>the</strong> beam. The lens determines<br />
<strong>the</strong> extent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NHZ. Fis. 87 shows <strong>the</strong><br />
arTangement.<br />
Step [. Determine <strong>the</strong> NOHD (i.e., <strong>the</strong> distance along<br />
<strong>the</strong> axis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> focal cone to that point where <strong>the</strong><br />
beam irradiance is equal to <strong>the</strong> MPE). Although this<br />
system will operate almost continuously during a day,<br />
unintentional exposure to <strong>the</strong> direct beam could be<br />
reasonably expected to occur <strong>for</strong> up to lOs. The<br />
l0 s MPE is 100 mW' cm-'. The F-number (//a) <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> lens is<br />
f ta = (12.7) t(2.s4) = s<br />
and <strong>the</strong> divergence (+) <strong>of</strong> lhe unterminated beam<br />
from <strong>the</strong> focal point is<br />
l l<br />
0= _ ===O-2rad<br />
f-numDer f<br />
The NOHD can be found from Eo. 823<br />
I<br />
rpouo = T<br />
, a [',l;m xxTnri#i;:ti:i', *i#]""::"$'l:<br />
protection is mandatorv.<br />
1.27 Q<br />
MPE<br />
, -,ftr.ztx-iii<br />
- --- \ cm<br />
ll)<br />
= 5(l l3) = 563 cm = 5.63 m<br />
This is <strong>the</strong> value <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> points along <strong>the</strong> beam axis<br />
unless <strong>the</strong> beam is always terminated.<br />
Step 2. Determine <strong>the</strong> diff<strong>use</strong> reflection hazard distafice<br />
\,147. The reflectance p is probably far less<br />
than 209o , and from Eq B lOa and a worst case viewing<br />
angle 0u <strong>of</strong>0",<br />
@ pr cos 0u<br />
(TXMPE)<br />
" t, loooro-zr, l )<br />
= \ cm<br />
*fif]'-<br />
=\bJ/ =lf cm
o<br />
o<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Step 3. Determine <strong>the</strong> NHZ associated with a specular<br />
reflection from <strong>the</strong> workpiece. Assume pr = 0.2<br />
(worst case), rysT <strong>for</strong> a specular reflection is found<br />
ftom:<br />
I<br />
rNHz =<br />
6<br />
l.n Q pL<br />
cm<br />
MPE<br />
= ZJZ Cm = 2.5). m .<br />
The beam diameter at this distance is<br />
DF Q rum<br />
= (0.2)(252)<br />
cm<br />
= 50.4 cm<br />
The NHZ is <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e well defined near <strong>the</strong> beam<br />
path.<br />
Step 4. Determine <strong>the</strong> operator exposure, After<br />
defining <strong>the</strong> NHZ, one should consider long-term<br />
unavoidable exposure <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> skin <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operator.<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> operator is requircd to manually load and<br />
unload <strong>the</strong> parts to be processed, <strong>the</strong>re is a finite pmbabiliry<br />
<strong>of</strong> exposure to scattered energy (fmm diff<strong>use</strong><br />
reflections) to <strong>the</strong> arms and face <strong>for</strong> periods up to<br />
8 hours. The MPE <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> skin must be reduced <strong>for</strong><br />
large-area long-term exposures as described in 8.4.1.<br />
Assuming that <strong>the</strong> unprotected areas (A") <strong>of</strong> both<br />
arms is approximately 400 cm2, <strong>the</strong> corresponding<br />
MPE is:<br />
MpE= -!q@ - 10'000<br />
=25mW.cm-2<br />
As 40O<br />
This value can be <strong>use</strong>d to calculate <strong>the</strong> distance along<br />
<strong>the</strong> beam axis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> focal cone to <strong>the</strong> point where <strong>the</strong><br />
inadiance and <strong>the</strong> MPE are equal. Hence,<br />
't0<br />
I<br />
0.2<br />
fl.27X 1000x0.2)<br />
-cm<br />
I<br />
I<br />
0.2<br />
ffi"<br />
= -lG"oet tot<br />
0.2<br />
=ll27cm=ll.3m<br />
But, let us assume that <strong>the</strong> beam is blocked by a dil<br />
f<strong>use</strong>ly rcflecting surface located et a distance d<br />
200cm from <strong>the</strong> focal point. At this distance th<br />
beam diameter is Dy=$r = 0.2(200) =,10 cm. On<br />
can approximate <strong>the</strong> diff<strong>use</strong> rcflection from a 100{<br />
diff<strong>use</strong>ly reflecting surface using Eq Bl0a. Thus th<br />
distance (4ys2) from <strong>the</strong> reflecting surface to tlt<br />
point at which <strong>the</strong> inadiance is equal to <strong>the</strong> MPE cal<br />
be determined.<br />
^/ p1
O m*B.'".:frffi:: r# $":;ffi:JT'lT[<br />
,<br />
I<br />
initial beam diameter (d), or<br />
Dr -a<br />
O =<br />
-<br />
<strong>for</strong> small 0<br />
r<br />
Example 27: Determine <strong>the</strong> maximum beam inadiance<br />
and <strong>the</strong> beam irradiance averaged over a 0.7 cm<br />
diameter aperture <strong>for</strong> a Gaussian beam from a 5 mW<br />
laser with a 0.8 cm beam diameter.<br />
Step l. Determine <strong>the</strong> maximum beam irradiance<br />
from<br />
^ l.na ...<br />
E-= =- W'Cm<br />
/l tTvS v ln J\<br />
(0.8)2<br />
=9.9x10-rW.cm-2<br />
-<br />
Step 2. Determine <strong>the</strong><br />
averaged over a 0.7 c;n di<br />
r lD. l<br />
- 4P, -<br />
l. Io.l<br />
8,,= -'-"'- maximum beam irradiance<br />
4meter apedure from<br />
I<br />
" ll-e<br />
ND:, I<br />
L<br />
.l<br />
- r -lorl ln.tl'r<br />
(4X5x l0-r)<br />
= """"""'--- l.<br />
I<br />
t|-e I<br />
n (0.7)' L _l<br />
= l.3o x lo-?<br />
lr-0.+osl<br />
= 6.95 xl0-3 W . cm-2<br />
Example 28: Detemine <strong>the</strong> appropriate beam diameter<br />
to be <strong>use</strong>d in hazard analysis <strong>for</strong> a laser beam<br />
diameter <strong>of</strong> 0.3 cm specified at <strong>the</strong> I tez points. The<br />
laser is fur<strong>the</strong>r specified to be single-mode and Caussian.<br />
Since <strong>the</strong> beam is Gaussian, <strong>the</strong> beam diameter<br />
measured at <strong>the</strong> I le2 points is greaaer by a factor <strong>of</strong><br />
! 2 times. Hence<br />
n1<br />
a =:=. =0.21 cm<br />
12<br />
Example 29: Find <strong>the</strong> approximate beam diameter <strong>of</strong><br />
a Gaussian laser beam having a total output power <strong>of</strong><br />
5 mW and a measured power <strong>of</strong> I mW through a<br />
0,7 cm diameter apelture. The approximate beam<br />
o'uttttt ,a) can be found from Eq 824. Hence,<br />
P<br />
-<br />
---f---T o.72<br />
r"lr-ll<br />
[ ]J<br />
-1,"1'r<br />
_" lD,l I<br />
' l<br />
= 1.48<br />
cm<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Example 30: Find <strong>the</strong> maximum percentage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
total power P" <strong>of</strong> a 3 mW HeNe laser that will pass<br />
through a 7 mm diameter apefture if <strong>the</strong> beam diameter<br />
specified al <strong>the</strong> I /e2 points is 1.6 cm.<br />
The fraction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total power which passes through<br />
an apenure <strong>of</strong>diameter Do is given by<br />
b€am diameter is specified at <strong>the</strong> l/e2<br />
= 1.6 l ,'12 Since <strong>the</strong><br />
points, D.<br />
= l.l cm and<br />
. Int l"<br />
p -<br />
| l-i-il I<br />
t"t<br />
#=lr-" l=a.333<br />
ro L I<br />
and <strong>the</strong> total power passing through <strong>the</strong> apenure will<br />
be<br />
P"=O.333 P" = (0.333) (3 x l0j)<br />
=lxl0-3w
APPENDIX<br />
Table Bl<br />
Typical Diff<strong>use</strong> Reflection Cases <strong>for</strong> Visible Radiation (l' = 0'4 to 0'7 pm)*<br />
Pe.missible Laser Beam Radianl Exposure lncidenr on a Diff<strong>use</strong>ly<br />
Reflecting Surface, MPE x [/p(J 'cm-2]<br />
Exposure<br />
Duration, ,<br />
(r)<br />
MPE at Comeal<br />
(J sar 'cm-2)<br />
Limiting<br />
Angle, a;" + Reflectanc€ (P) = 100% Reflectance (p) = 50% Reflectance (p) = l(,{<br />
(l)<br />
(2)<br />
(3)<br />
l0-4 l.O x l0-? 8.0<br />
l0-8 2.2 x ltJ-? 5.4<br />
10-7 4.6 x l0-'<br />
17<br />
10-{ 1.0 x I0.r 2.5<br />
l0-r 2.2 x l0-'<br />
l0r<br />
t0<br />
4.6 x l(rr 2.2<br />
l I0<br />
10 to loa 22<br />
l 1.0 3.6<br />
f o-'<br />
10-<br />
2.2<br />
5.1<br />
9.2<br />
l5<br />
24<br />
| 4.6<br />
(4)<br />
3.1 x l0-2<br />
6.8x102<br />
1.5 x l0-l<br />
3.1 x l()-<br />
r<br />
6.8 x l0-l<br />
l_f<br />
3.1<br />
6,8<br />
15<br />
1t<br />
68<br />
(5)<br />
6.3 x l0-2<br />
t-4 x l0-l<br />
2.9 x lfr<br />
6.3 x l0-r<br />
1.4<br />
2.9<br />
6.3<br />
l4<br />
29<br />
63<br />
t40<br />
* For wavelengths between 0 7 and t.4 pm, <strong>use</strong> <strong>the</strong> appropriatc correction factors given in 8 5<br />
t Sec Fig. 7 <strong>for</strong> a graphic presentation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se values.<br />
+ For extended sources, angular subtense > o min (see 8.1)<br />
72<br />
(6)<br />
3.1 x l0-r<br />
6.8 x l0'l<br />
1.5<br />
6.8<br />
l5<br />
3I<br />
68<br />
r50<br />
310<br />
680<br />
f.
,O<br />
,o<br />
,o<br />
Fig. B1<br />
Intrabceo Viowing - f,iircct (Pdnary) Bc.n.<br />
FLAT SURFACE REFLECTION<br />
CURVED SURFACE REFLECTIOiI<br />
ftOTE '<br />
': ToTIL EEAM DISTANCE FROlii LASER TO EYE<br />
(OIRECT PLUS SgCONOARY )<br />
Fig. 82<br />
Intrabcan vicwing - Spcctlarly Rcficcrxl<br />
(Sccondery) Bcan.<br />
Fig. B:l<br />
Ertcadcd Sourcc Vicwing - Nonaally IXfwc Rctlcctiotr.<br />
APPENDIX<br />
73
I<br />
t<br />
APPENI)IX<br />
l--rxe6e---.1<br />
Fig. B{<br />
Ersmpl6 <strong>of</strong> Ulc <strong>of</strong> kscr Rrngc Equltiol <strong>for</strong><br />
Dctennining Nomind llazard Disteacc.<br />
Fi3' 85<br />
Nominal lfuzard Zott<strong>for</strong> r Ditfulc ReflEctiol.<br />
rnoxo =* (#r;'"-"1<br />
rNoHo=(t)(#J'"<br />
(\| 4 f""<br />
I ma t;gP--, (MuLrliiloDE)<br />
rrom =<br />
1 r.,o f o.lua<br />
[T fu-ueeJ (slNcLEMooE)<br />
/ p tDCosO 1l/2<br />
rNHz =F;ffFE_/
ENERGY BEAM<br />
OUTPUT DIVERGENCE<br />
'oooT 'l<br />
(mJ) (mr)<br />
I I<br />
,.ol ,.1<br />
+ I<br />
I I<br />
"+ "+<br />
f +<br />
'f I *' I<br />
f + I<br />
",1 "* I<br />
POWER<br />
OUTPUT<br />
(mlV)<br />
INTEGRATEO<br />
RADIANT<br />
INTENSITY<br />
(MJ/sr)<br />
o.ol<br />
RADIANT<br />
INTENSITY<br />
(MW,/sr)<br />
RANGE<br />
(km)<br />
LASER RANIGE<br />
EOUATION NOMOGRAM<br />
Fig. 85<br />
hscr Rangc Equstion Nomogrsn,<br />
APPENDIX<br />
RADIANT<br />
EXPOSURE<br />
lpJtcnzl<br />
IRRADIANCE<br />
(yw/cmz1
o<br />
APPENDIX<br />
't6<br />
UJ<br />
(L<br />
d<br />
F<br />
x<br />
9 J<br />
(r<br />
lrJ<br />
CN<br />
J<br />
(\l<br />
o(J<br />
z<br />
o F()<br />
Lrj<br />
- )<br />
E t!ro<br />
uJ<br />
- E<br />
'-*H<br />
,)<br />
r- Lu<br />
l!<br />
o<br />
E<br />
o<br />
E<br />
Eqa<br />
$EE<br />
-E<br />
rE<br />
E.<br />
bl<br />
_=E<br />
o ( D =<br />
9<br />
,-i<br />
x<br />
E o<br />
trJ -<br />
.tE<br />
'i,'<br />
9l<br />
rl<br />
ooo*oo"<br />
In<strong>for</strong>mation and References <strong>for</strong> Sections 3 and 4<br />
Cl. Alternate Labeling<br />
Some laser equipment manufactured outside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
USA may con<strong>for</strong>m to requiremenls <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> IEC<br />
Publication 825, "Radiation Safety <strong>of</strong> Laser<br />
Products, Equipment Classification, Requircments<br />
and User's Guide." The IEC 825 label style (shown<br />
in Fig. Cl and C2) is different ftom that required by<br />
this standard and those specified in <strong>the</strong> Federal Laser<br />
Product Per<strong>for</strong>mance Standard.<br />
C2. References <strong>for</strong> Sections 3 and 4<br />
Control <strong>of</strong> Hazards to Health from Laser Radiation.<br />
U.S. Depanment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Army Technical Bulletin<br />
TB-MED-524, June 1985. Available from National<br />
Technical In<strong>for</strong>mation Service, Springtield, Va.<br />
?.216t.<br />
Electronic Product Radiation and <strong>the</strong> Health<br />
Physicist, Proceedings <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Fourth Aonual Midyear<br />
Topical symposium; 1970. Washington: U.S.<br />
Depafiment <strong>of</strong> Health, Education, and Welfare;<br />
Bureau <strong>of</strong> Radiological Health, Division <strong>of</strong><br />
Electronic Products; 70-26. Available from National<br />
Technical In<strong>for</strong>mation Sewice, Springfield, Va.<br />
22161.<br />
Evaluation <strong>of</strong> Commercially Available Protective<br />
Eyewear. Washington: U,S. Department <strong>of</strong> Health,<br />
Education, and Welfare; Publicarion (FDA) 79-808G1<br />
1979 May.<br />
Goldman, L., Rockwell, R. J., Jr. Lasers in<br />
Medicine. l97l; chapter ll; New York: Gordon and<br />
Breach Science Publishers, 197 | .<br />
Goldman, L., Rockwell, R. J., Jr., Homby, P. Laser<br />
l,aboratory Design and Personnel Protection from<br />
High Energy Lasers. In: Handbook <strong>of</strong> Laboratory<br />
Safery. N.V. Steere, ed; Znd ed. Clevetand: The<br />
Chemical Rubber Company; l97l: 381-389.<br />
Intemational Electrotechnical Commission Standard<br />
Radiation Safety <strong>of</strong> Laser Products, Equipment<br />
Classification, Requirements and Users Guide. IEC<br />
Publication 825: Geneva Switzerland: 1984-<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Laser Health Hazards Control. U.S. Department <strong>of</strong><br />
ihe Air Force Manual AFM-l6t-32, 1973 (or latest<br />
revision <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong>). Available from National Technical<br />
In<strong>for</strong>mation Service, Springfield, Va. 22161.<br />
Laser Product Per<strong>for</strong>mance Standard. Code <strong>of</strong><br />
Federal Regulations, Title 21, Subchapter J, Part<br />
1040. 1979.<br />
Laser Products: Amendments to Per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
Standard; Final Rule. Code <strong>of</strong> Federal Regulations,<br />
Title 21, Parts lff)o and 101(), Federal Register, Aug.<br />
20, t985.<br />
Marshall, W. I. Hazard analysis on gaussian shaped<br />
laser beams. Joumal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> American Industrial<br />
Hygiene Association. 4l (8): 547-551; 1980 Aug.<br />
Rockwell, R. J. and Moss, C. E. Optical radiation<br />
hazards in laser welding processes Pan I:<br />
Neodymium - YAG Laser. The Joumal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
American Industrial Hygiene Association. 44(8);<br />
572-579; 1983 Aug.<br />
Rockwell, R. J., Jr. Ensuring safety in laser robotics.<br />
Lasers and Applications. 3( I l);65-69; 1984 Nov.<br />
Sliney, D. H. Evaluating health hazards from military<br />
lasers, Journal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> American Medical Association.<br />
214(6): 1047-1054; 1970 Nov.<br />
Sliney, D. H. Laser Protective Eyewear. In:<br />
M. L. Wolbarsht, ed. Laser Applications in Medicine<br />
and Bi<strong>of</strong>ogy. New York: Plenum Prcss; 1974: v.2,<br />
chapter7,pp.223-240.<br />
Sliney, D. H. Wolbarsht, M. L. Safety with Lasers<br />
and o<strong>the</strong>r Optical Sources. New York: Plenum<br />
Publishing Co; 1980.<br />
Swope, C. H. The eye - protection. Archives <strong>of</strong><br />
Environmental<br />
Health. l8(3): 428-433; 1969 Mar.<br />
Guide <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Selection <strong>of</strong> l,aser Eye Protection.<br />
Toledo OH: Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> America: 1984 Mav.<br />
77
APPENDIX<br />
7lr<br />
SYMBOL AND BORDER. BLACK<br />
BACKGROUND 'YELLOW<br />
Fig. Cl<br />
IEC-825 (1985) Warning labcl - lhzard S),cbol'<br />
LEGEND AND<br />
BACKGROUND<br />
BORDER'BLACK<br />
,YELLOW<br />
Fig. C2<br />
IEC-E25 (19E5) Warning hbcl - Label <strong>for</strong><br />
Erplanaory Wording,<br />
ffir
; O 4penoi*o<br />
Guide <strong>for</strong> Organization and Implementation<br />
<strong>of</strong> Laser Safety and Training programs<br />
The extent to which <strong>the</strong> various parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following<br />
guide are applicable to a specific organization<br />
depends on <strong>the</strong> magnitude <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> potential laser<br />
hazards within that organization. However, it is<br />
essential that each laser safety program include<br />
sufficient education <strong>of</strong> personnel in laser safety.<br />
Dl. Responsibility and Authority <strong>of</strong>Laser Safety<br />
Officer (LSO)<br />
Dl.l General. The Laser Safety Officer (LSO) may<br />
be designated from among such personnel as <strong>the</strong><br />
radiation protection <strong>of</strong>ficer, industrial hygienist,<br />
safety engineer, Iaser specialist, laser operator, etc.<br />
The LSO may be a <strong>use</strong>r if <strong>the</strong>re are very few laser<br />
operations or if <strong>the</strong> class <strong>of</strong> lasers and potential<br />
, o lxffi lli"i'il; *i-',"'"? ,ffi"T,L :H;,'il:<br />
require a full-time ef<strong>for</strong>t. The LSO will effect <strong>the</strong><br />
knowledgeatrle evaluation and control <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
hazards, and have <strong>the</strong> authority to monitor and<br />
en<strong>for</strong>ce <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards. In addition to<br />
<strong>the</strong> responsibilities described in Section 1.3.2, <strong>the</strong><br />
LSO's authority may include, but is not necessarily<br />
limited to, <strong>the</strong> responsibilities <strong>of</strong> operarion specified<br />
in Dl.2 through D1.8. The LSO will be trained in<br />
accordance with D6.<br />
Dl.2 Consultative Services, The LSO will provide<br />
consultative sewices on laser hazard evaluation and<br />
controls and on personnel training programs. Such<br />
eyaluations will include electrical and o<strong>the</strong>r nonradiation<br />
hazards <strong>of</strong> lasers<br />
Dl.3 Regulations. If a Safety Committee does not<br />
exist, <strong>the</strong> LSO may establish and maintain adequate<br />
regulations <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards.<br />
Dl.4 Authority. The LSO will have rhe authority<br />
^<br />
to suspend, resftict, or terminate <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> a<br />
I ol*"i."liflTJ#,TJ:,[Hr she deems that<br />
raser<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Dl,5 Records. The LSO will ensure that rhe<br />
necessary rcf,ords required by applicable govemment<br />
regulationsarc<br />
maintained. The LSO will also<br />
submit to <strong>the</strong> appropriate medical <strong>of</strong>ficer <strong>the</strong><br />
individuals' names that are obtained in accordance<br />
with D1.4, D4.5, and D5.3. The LSO will ensure that<br />
<strong>the</strong> appropriate records are maintained indicating that<br />
applicable medical examinations have been scheduled<br />
and per<strong>for</strong>med and that appropriate training has been<br />
provided.<br />
Dl.6 Surveys and Inspections. The LSO will<br />
survey by inspection, as considered necessary, all<br />
areas where laser equipmenr is <strong>use</strong>d. The LSO will<br />
also accompany regulatory agency laser equipment<br />
inspectors, such as those representing OSHA,<br />
FDA/CDRH, state agencies, etc., and document any<br />
discrepancies noted. The LSO will ensure that<br />
correciive action is uken where reouired.<br />
Dl.7 Accidents. On notification <strong>of</strong> a known or<br />
suspected accident resulting tiom operation <strong>of</strong> a laser,<br />
<strong>the</strong> LSO will investigate <strong>the</strong> accident and initiate<br />
appropriate action. This may include rhe preparation<br />
<strong>of</strong> repons to applicable agencies. (See D7[7] <strong>for</strong><br />
federal reporting requirements references.)<br />
Dl.8 Approval <strong>of</strong> Laser Syslem Operation.<br />
Approval <strong>of</strong> a laser or laser system <strong>for</strong> operation will<br />
be given only if <strong>the</strong> LSO is satisfied that laser hazard<br />
control measures are adequate. These include special<br />
operating procedures <strong>for</strong> maintenance and service<br />
operations within enclosed systems, and operation<br />
procedurcs <strong>for</strong> Class 3 and 4 systems. The<br />
procedures will include adequate consideration to<br />
assure safety from electrical hazards.<br />
D2. Deputy Laser Safety Officers<br />
If necessary, a Deputy Laser Safety Officer will be<br />
appointed by management. The Deputy Laser Safety<br />
Officer will per<strong>for</strong>m <strong>the</strong> functions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO when<br />
<strong>the</strong> latter is not available.
APPENDIX<br />
D3. Safety Committee<br />
D3.l Necessity. If wananted by <strong>the</strong> magnitude <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> potential hazards <strong>of</strong> laser operations within lhe<br />
organization, a Safety Committee may be <strong>for</strong>med.<br />
D3,2 Membership <strong>of</strong> Laser Saf€ty Committee,<br />
The membership may include individuals with<br />
expertise in laser technology or in <strong>the</strong> assessment <strong>of</strong><br />
laser hazards. Management may be included in <strong>the</strong><br />
membership. Examples <strong>of</strong> members include, but are<br />
not limited to: technical manager, LSO (or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
representatives from <strong>the</strong> safety department),<br />
physician and <strong>use</strong>r representatives.<br />
D33 Policies and Practices. The committee will<br />
establish and maintain adequate policies and<br />
regulations <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards and<br />
recommend <strong>the</strong> appropriate laser safety training<br />
programs and materials.<br />
D3.4 Standards. The committee will maintain an<br />
awareness <strong>of</strong> all applicable new or rcvised laser<br />
safety standards. This may rcquire liaison with<br />
regulatory agencies, ei<strong>the</strong>r directly or through<br />
representatiYes.<br />
D4. Responsibility <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong> Laser or Las€r System<br />
Supervisor<br />
D4.l Prerequisite. The supervisor will be<br />
knowledgeable <strong>of</strong> education and training<br />
requirements <strong>for</strong> laser safety, <strong>the</strong> potential laser<br />
hazards and associated control measures <strong>for</strong> all lasers<br />
and laser systems, and all procedures pertaining to<br />
laser safety at locations under <strong>the</strong> supervisor's<br />
authority.<br />
D4,Z Indoctrination. The supervisor will be<br />
responsible <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> issuance <strong>of</strong> appropriate<br />
instructions and training materials on laser hazards<br />
und lhcir control to itll pcrso[ncl wh() may work with<br />
lasers that are operated within <strong>the</strong> supervisor's<br />
jurisdiction.<br />
D4.3 Laser Hazard Control. The supervisor will<br />
not permit <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> a laser unless <strong>the</strong>re is<br />
adequate control <strong>of</strong> laser hazards to employees,<br />
80<br />
visitors, and <strong>the</strong> general public.<br />
D4.4 Individuals Scheduled to Work with Lasers'<br />
The supervisor will submit <strong>the</strong> names <strong>of</strong> individuals<br />
scheduled to work with laser$ to <strong>the</strong> tSO and, in<br />
addition, will submit in<strong>for</strong>mation as requested by <strong>the</strong><br />
LSO <strong>for</strong> medical surveillance scheduling and training<br />
completion (see Table Dl).<br />
D4.5 Reporting <strong>of</strong> Known or Suspect€d<br />
Accidents. When <strong>the</strong> supervisor knows <strong>of</strong> or<br />
suspects an accident resulting from a lasef operated<br />
under his or her authority, <strong>the</strong> supervisor will<br />
immediately notify <strong>the</strong> LSO or o<strong>the</strong>r designated<br />
authority.<br />
D4.6 Medical Attention. If necessary, <strong>the</strong><br />
supervisor will assist in obtaining aPpropdate<br />
medical attention <strong>for</strong> any employee involved in a<br />
laser accident.<br />
D4.7 Approval <strong>of</strong> Laser System Operation. The<br />
supervisor will not permit op€ration <strong>of</strong> a new or<br />
modified laser under his or her authoritv without <strong>the</strong><br />
approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> LSO.<br />
D4.8 Approval <strong>of</strong> Planned Installation,<br />
supervisor will make sure that plans <strong>for</strong><br />
tne<br />
laser<br />
installations or modifications <strong>of</strong> insiallations are<br />
submitted to <strong>the</strong> LSO <strong>for</strong> approval.<br />
D4.9 Operating Procedures. For Class 3a,<br />
Class 3b or Class 4 lasers and laser systems <strong>the</strong><br />
supervisor will be familiar with <strong>the</strong> operating<br />
procedures and ensure that <strong>the</strong>y are provided to <strong>use</strong>rs<br />
<strong>of</strong> such lasers.<br />
D5. Responsibility <strong>of</strong> Employees Working wlth or<br />
near Lasers<br />
D5.l Aufhorizalions. An employe€ will not<br />
energize or work with or near a laser unless<br />
airthorized to do so by <strong>the</strong> supervisor <strong>for</strong> that laser.<br />
D5.2 Compliance. An employee will comply with<br />
<strong>the</strong> safety rules and regulations prescribed by <strong>the</strong><br />
supervisor and <strong>the</strong> LSO. Thi employee will be<br />
familiar with all operating procedures.<br />
rii
D5.3 Accident Reporting. When an employee<br />
,l operating a laser knows or suspects that an accident<br />
has occurred involving that laser, or a laser operated<br />
by any o<strong>the</strong>r employee, and that such accident has<br />
ca<strong>use</strong>d an injury or could potentially have ca<strong>use</strong>d an<br />
injury, he or she will immediately in<strong>for</strong>m <strong>the</strong><br />
supervisor. If <strong>the</strong> supervisor is not available, <strong>the</strong><br />
employee will notify <strong>the</strong> LSO.<br />
,l<br />
D6. Training<br />
D6,l General. Training will be provided to each<br />
employee routinely working with or around lasers<br />
above Class 2. The level <strong>of</strong> naining wi[ be<br />
commensurate with <strong>the</strong> degree <strong>of</strong> potential laser<br />
hazards.<br />
D6.2 Laser Safety Training program Topics,<br />
Topics <strong>for</strong> inclusion in a laser safety rraining program<br />
may include, but are not nesessarily limited io. <strong>the</strong><br />
following:<br />
g].::'personnel<br />
roudnelv working on or around<br />
(a) Fundamentals <strong>of</strong> laser operation (physical<br />
principles, construction, etc.)<br />
(b) Bioeffects <strong>of</strong> laser radiation on <strong>the</strong> eye and<br />
skin<br />
(c) Relations <strong>of</strong> specular and diff<strong>use</strong> reflections<br />
(d) Nonradiation hazards <strong>of</strong> lasers (electrical,<br />
chemical, reaction by-products, etc.)<br />
(e) Laser and laser system classifications<br />
(f) Control measures<br />
(g) Overall management<br />
responsibilities<br />
and employee<br />
(h) Medical surveillance practices (if applicable)<br />
(D CPR <strong>for</strong> personnel servicing or working on<br />
lasers with exposed high voltages and/or <strong>the</strong><br />
capability <strong>of</strong> producing potentially lethal<br />
electrical cunents<br />
(2) For <strong>the</strong> LSO or o<strong>the</strong>r individual responsible <strong>for</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> laser safety program, evaluation <strong>of</strong> hazards, and<br />
implementation <strong>of</strong> control measures, or any o<strong>the</strong>rs<br />
directed by management to obtain a thotoueh<br />
knowledge <strong>of</strong> laser safety:<br />
(a) The topics in D6.2 (l)<br />
(b) Laser terminology<br />
(c) Types <strong>of</strong> lasers, wavelengths, pulse Ehapes,<br />
modes, power/energy<br />
(d) Basic radiometric units and<br />
devices<br />
APPENDIX<br />
measurcment<br />
(e) MPE levels <strong>for</strong> eye and skin under all<br />
conditions<br />
(fl Laser hazard evaluations, range equations,<br />
and olher calculations<br />
D7. References<br />
lll Smith, J. F., Murphy, J. J., Eberle, W. J.<br />
lndustrial Laser Safely Program Management.<br />
Poughkeepsie, New York: IBM Corp, System<br />
Products Division.<br />
[2] Smith, J. F. Safety Programs and Formal<br />
Training. In: Sliney and Wolbarsht. Safety with<br />
Lasers and O<strong>the</strong>r Optical Sources. New york:<br />
Plenum Press; 1980: chapter 25-<br />
[3] LIA Laser Safety cuide. Laser Institute <strong>of</strong><br />
America, 12424 Research Parkway, Orlando, FL<br />
32826.<br />
[4] American Confcrence <strong>of</strong> Govemment<br />
Industrial Hygienists. A Cuide <strong>for</strong> Control <strong>of</strong> Laser<br />
Hazands. ACGIH, P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati. Ohio<br />
45201.<br />
[5] L"aser Institute <strong>of</strong> America. Laser Safety<br />
Training Package (8o-slide ser wirh audio-taped<br />
cass€tte on industrial laser safety). Available from<br />
Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> America, 12424 Research Parkwav.<br />
Orlando, FL 32826.<br />
[6] Shon courses and o<strong>the</strong>r haining programs and<br />
materials on laser safery are <strong>of</strong>fered by <strong>the</strong> following:<br />
Engineering Technology, Inc. 601 A Lakeair Drive,<br />
Waco, Texas 76710.<br />
Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> America, 12424 Research Parkway,<br />
Orlando, FL 32826.<br />
Rockwell Associates, lnc. P.O. Box 43010<br />
Cincinnati, Ohio 45243.<br />
[7] Manufacturer's accident reponing<br />
requirements arc detailed in <strong>the</strong> Code <strong>of</strong> Federal<br />
Regulations, 2l CFR Subchapter J Part 1002.20.<br />
8l
APPENDIX<br />
82<br />
Table Dl<br />
Recomrnended Training <strong>for</strong> LSOs and Employees<br />
(Including, but Not Limited to' Operators'<br />
Maintenance Personn€l, tnd S€rvice Technicians)<br />
Routinely Working with or around Lasers<br />
Method <strong>of</strong> Training*<br />
Manufacturers Cuidc<br />
and Operating Manuals<br />
Safety Guide Literature (3)<br />
Film and Slide/Audio<br />
Programs (5)<br />
Laser Safety OrientatjoD$<br />
Shon.Term Course (6)**<br />
Review <strong>of</strong> Applicable<br />
Standards<br />
ry'a not applicable<br />
R recommended<br />
SR strongly recommended<br />
R S R<br />
a +<br />
nla nla<br />
nla n/a<br />
nla nla<br />
Highest-class Laser<br />
2al) 3a 3b 4 LSOsf<br />
SR SR SR n/a<br />
SR SR SR SR<br />
R S R S R S R<br />
nla R SR SR<br />
flla nla R SR<br />
nla nl^ n/a nl^ a SR<br />
The numbe.s in paren<strong>the</strong>ses refer to <strong>the</strong> corresponding numbered items in <strong>the</strong> reference list, D7<br />
where <strong>the</strong> suggested training vehictes <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> L.so a.e deemed inappropriate <strong>for</strong> reasons <strong>of</strong> very low potential<br />
hazards or very limited <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> lasers, substitute training vehicles may be <strong>use</strong>d, Regardless <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> training vehicles<br />
<strong>use</strong>d, <strong>the</strong> LSO'S training musr enable him or her to fulfill <strong>the</strong> requiremenls and responsibilities <strong>of</strong> an LSO as<br />
outlined in Dl.l through D1.8 and Section I 3 <strong>for</strong> all lasers under <strong>the</strong> LSO'S jurisdiction-<br />
Although education is not required <strong>for</strong> class I and 2 lasers, lhe safety cuide Literature provides a low-key basic<br />
guide to <strong>the</strong> general topic <strong>of</strong> laser safety and is suggested herc <strong>for</strong> consideration to <strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong>m <strong>of</strong> this standard.<br />
A Laser Safety orientation course may include <strong>the</strong> previously mentioned vehicles. Beca<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> greater potential<br />
hazards from Class 3b and 4 lasers, <strong>the</strong> duration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> course would be from several hours to a day or two. This<br />
raining may be conducted by outside specialists if not available intcmally'<br />
shon-rcrm courses may run from a day or lwo to any length required. Bcca<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> high level <strong>of</strong> potential hazards<br />
to both eye and skin <strong>for</strong> class 4 l.$ers. <strong>the</strong> training should be complete and cover all applicabte topics described in<br />
D6.2.
sl<br />
Appendix E<br />
Medical Surveillance<br />
El.0 Purpose <strong>of</strong> Medical Surveillance<br />
The b;uic reasons <strong>for</strong> pr<strong>for</strong>ming medical surveillance<br />
<strong>of</strong> personnel working in a laser envimnment are<br />
<strong>the</strong> same as <strong>for</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r potenlial health hazards. Medical<br />
surveillance examinations may include asscssment<br />
<strong>of</strong> physical firness to sately perfbrm assigned<br />
duties, biological monitoring <strong>of</strong> exposure to a specilic<br />
agent, and early detection <strong>of</strong> biologic damage or<br />
effect.<br />
Physical fitness assessments<br />
are <strong>use</strong>d to determine<br />
whe<strong>the</strong>r an employee would be at increased or<br />
unusual risk in a panicular environment. For workers<br />
using laser devices, <strong>the</strong> need <strong>for</strong> this type <strong>of</strong> assessment<br />
is most likely to be determined by factors orher<br />
than laser radiarion per se. Specific in<strong>for</strong>mation on<br />
medical surveillance requirements that might exist<br />
beca<strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r potential exposures, such as toxic<br />
gases, noise, ionizing radiation, etc, are outside <strong>the</strong><br />
scope <strong>of</strong> this appendix.<br />
Direct biological monitoring <strong>of</strong> laser radiation is<br />
impossible, and practical indirect monitoring through<br />
<strong>the</strong> <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> personal dosimeters<br />
is not available.<br />
Early detection <strong>of</strong> biologic change or damage presupposes<br />
that chronic or subacute effects may result from<br />
exposure to a particular agent at levels below that<br />
required to produce acute injury. Active intervention<br />
must <strong>the</strong>n be possible to arrest fur<strong>the</strong>r biological<br />
damage or to allow recovery from biological effects.<br />
Although chronic injury from laser radiation in <strong>the</strong><br />
ultraviolet, near ultraviolet, blue ponion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> visible,<br />
and near infrared regions appears to be <strong>the</strong>oretically<br />
possible, risks to workers using laser devices are<br />
primarily from accidental acute injuries. Based on<br />
risks involved with current <strong>use</strong>s <strong>of</strong> laser devices.<br />
mcdical surveillance requirements that should be<br />
incorporated into a <strong>for</strong>mal standard appear to be<br />
minimal.<br />
O<strong>the</strong>r arguments<br />
in favor <strong>of</strong> per<strong>for</strong>ming extensive<br />
medical surveillance have been based on <strong>the</strong> fear that<br />
repeated accidents might occur and <strong>the</strong> workers<br />
would not report minimal acute injuries. The low<br />
number <strong>of</strong> laser injuries that have been rep<strong>of</strong>ted in <strong>the</strong><br />
past ?0 years and <strong>the</strong> excellent safety records with<br />
laser devices do not provide supp<strong>of</strong>i to this argument.<br />
E2.0 Medical Examinations<br />
E2.l Rationale <strong>for</strong> Examinations<br />
APPENDIX<br />
E2,l.l Prcassignmcnt Medical llxaminations,<br />
Except fbr examination following suspected injury,<br />
<strong>the</strong>se are <strong>the</strong> only examinations required by this standard.<br />
One purpose is 1o establish a baseline against<br />
which damage (primarily ocular) can be measured in<br />
<strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> an accidental injury. A second purpose<br />
is to identify cenain workers who might be at special<br />
risk from chronic exposure to selected continuouswave<br />
laseni. For incidental workers 1e.g., custodial,<br />
military personnel on maneuvers, clerical and supervisory<br />
personnel not working directly with lasers)<br />
only visual acuity measurement is required, For laser<br />
workers medical histories, visual acuity measurement,<br />
and selected examination Drotocols are<br />
required. The wavelength <strong>of</strong> laser radiation is <strong>the</strong><br />
determinant <strong>of</strong> which specific protocols are required<br />
(see 82.2). Exanrinations should be per<strong>for</strong>med by, or<br />
under <strong>the</strong> supervision oi an ophthalmologist or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
qualified physician. Cenain <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> examination protocols<br />
may be per<strong>for</strong>med by o<strong>the</strong>r qualilied practitioners<br />
or teshnicians under <strong>the</strong> supewision <strong>of</strong> a physician.<br />
Many ophthalmologists may prefer to per<strong>for</strong>m<br />
more thorough eye examinations to assess total<br />
visurl l'unction as opposed to limiting examinalions<br />
to those areas that might be damaged by laser radiation<br />
at panicular wavelengrhs, Some employers may<br />
find il advantageous to <strong>of</strong>fer <strong>the</strong>se more thorough<br />
examinations to <strong>the</strong>ir workers as a health benefit. For<br />
example, certain <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> additional examinations, such<br />
as lonometry, may be <strong>of</strong> value in detecting unknown<br />
disease conditions, in this case glaucoma. Even<br />
though this type <strong>of</strong> problem is untelated to work with<br />
lasers, appropriat€ medical intervention will promote<br />
a healthier work <strong>for</strong>ce. Although chronic skin damage<br />
f'rom laser radiation has not been reported, and<br />
indeed seems unlikely, this area has not been adequately<br />
studied. Limired skin examinations are suggested<br />
to $erve as a baseline until future epidemiologic<br />
study indicates whe<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong>y are needed or not.<br />
82.1.2 Periodic Medical Examinations.<br />
Periodic examinations are not required by this standard.<br />
At present no chronic health problems have<br />
83
APPENDIX<br />
been linked to working with lasers. Also, most <strong>use</strong>s<br />
<strong>of</strong> lasers do not result in chronic exposure <strong>of</strong> employees<br />
even to low levels <strong>of</strong> radiation. A large number<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se examinations have been per<strong>for</strong>med in <strong>the</strong><br />
past, and no indication <strong>of</strong> any detectable biologic<br />
change was noted. Employers may wish to <strong>of</strong>fer <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
employees periodic eye examinations or o<strong>the</strong>r medical<br />
examinations as a health benefit; however, <strong>the</strong>re<br />
does not appear to be any valid reason to rcquire such<br />
examinations as part <strong>of</strong> a medical surveillance program.<br />
E2.1.3 T€rmination Medical Exarninations,<br />
The primary purpose <strong>of</strong> termination examinations is<br />
<strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> legal protection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> employer against<br />
unwarranted claims <strong>for</strong> damage that might occur after<br />
an employee leaves a particular job. The decision on<br />
whe<strong>the</strong>r to <strong>of</strong>fer or require such examinations is left<br />
to individual employers.<br />
E2.2 Examination Proaocols<br />
E2.2.1 Ocular History. The past eye history and<br />
family history are reviewed. Any current complaints<br />
concemed with <strong>the</strong> eyes arc noted. Inquiry should be<br />
made into <strong>the</strong> general health status with a special<br />
emphasis upon systemic diseases which might produce<br />
ocular prcblems in regard to thc per<strong>for</strong>mance<br />
cited in Section 6.1. The current reftaction prescription<br />
and <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> most recent examination<br />
should be recorded.<br />
Certain medical conditions may ca<strong>use</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser<br />
worker to be at an increased risk <strong>for</strong> chronic exposure.<br />
Use <strong>of</strong> photosensitizing medications, such as<br />
phenothiazines and psoralens, lower <strong>the</strong> threshold <strong>for</strong><br />
biological effects in <strong>the</strong> skin, comea, lens and retina<br />
<strong>of</strong> experimental animals exposed to ultraviolet and<br />
near ultraviolet radiation. Aphakic individuals would<br />
be subject to additional retinal exposure from neaf<br />
ultraviolet and ultraviolet radiation. Unless chronic<br />
viewing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se wavelengths is required, <strong>the</strong>re<br />
should be no reason to deny employment to <strong>the</strong>se<br />
individuals.<br />
E2.2.2 Visual Acuity, Visual acuity <strong>for</strong> far and<br />
near vision should bc measured with som{: standardized<br />
and reproducible method. Refraction conections<br />
should be made if required <strong>for</strong> both distant and near<br />
test targets. If refractive corrections are not sufficient<br />
to change acuity to 20/20 (6/6) <strong>for</strong> distance, and<br />
Jaegsr l+ <strong>for</strong> ncu, a more extensive examination is<br />
indicated as defined in 6.3.<br />
84<br />
E2.2.3 Macular Function. An Amsler grid or<br />
similar pattem is <strong>use</strong>d to test macular function <strong>for</strong><br />
distortions and scotomas. The test should be administered<br />
in a fashion to minimize malingering and false<br />
negatives. If any distortions or missing portions <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> grid pattem are present, <strong>the</strong> test is not nomal.<br />
E2.2.4 Contrast Sensitivity Contrast (or glare)<br />
sensitivity should be documented by <strong>the</strong> Arden<br />
sine-wave pattems or similar acuity tests which<br />
include low contrast images.<br />
E2.2.5 Examination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Ocular Fundus with<br />
an Ophthalnioscope This portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> examination<br />
is to be administered to individuals whose ocular<br />
function in any <strong>of</strong> Sections E.2.2.1 through E.2.2.'l is<br />
not normal. The points to be covered are: <strong>the</strong> prcsence<br />
or absence <strong>of</strong> opacities in <strong>the</strong> media; <strong>the</strong> sharpness<br />
<strong>of</strong> outline <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optic disc; <strong>the</strong> color <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> optic<br />
disc; <strong>the</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> physiological cup, if present;<br />
<strong>the</strong> ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> siz€ <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> retinal veins to that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
retinal aneries; <strong>the</strong> presence or absence <strong>of</strong> a well'<br />
defined macula and <strong>the</strong> presence or absence <strong>of</strong> a<br />
foveal rcflex; and any retinal pathology that can be<br />
seen with an ophthalmoscope (hyper-Pigmentation,<br />
depigmentation, retinal degeneration, exudate, as well<br />
as any induced pathology associated with changes in<br />
macular funcdon). Even small deviations from normal<br />
should be described and carefully localized.<br />
E2.2.6 Skin Examination. Not rcquired <strong>for</strong> preplacement<br />
examinations <strong>of</strong> laser workers; however,<br />
suggested <strong>for</strong> employees with history <strong>of</strong> photosensi<br />
tivily or working with ultraviolet lasers. Any previous<br />
dermatological abnormalities and family history<br />
are reviewed. Any cunenl complaints concemed<br />
with <strong>the</strong> skin are noted as well as <strong>the</strong> history <strong>of</strong> medication<br />
usage, particularly concentrating on those<br />
drugs which are potentially photosensitizing.<br />
Fur<strong>the</strong>r examination should be based on <strong>the</strong> type <strong>of</strong><br />
laser radiation, above <strong>the</strong> appropriate MPE levels,<br />
present in <strong>the</strong> individual's work environment.<br />
E2.2.7 O<strong>the</strong>r Examinations, Funher examinations<br />
should be done as deemed necessary by <strong>the</strong> examiner.<br />
83.0 Medical Referral Following Suspected or<br />
Known Laser Injury<br />
Any employce with a suspected cye injury should be<br />
referred to an ophthalmotogist. Employees with skin
,l<br />
,O<br />
injuries should be seen by a physician-<br />
E4.0 Records and Record R€tention<br />
Complete and accumte records <strong>of</strong> all medical examinations<br />
(including specific test rcsults) should be<br />
maintained <strong>for</strong> all personnel included in <strong>the</strong> medical<br />
surveillance program. Records should be retained <strong>for</strong><br />
at least 30 yean.<br />
E5.0 Access To Records<br />
The results <strong>of</strong> medical surveillance examinations<br />
should be discussed<br />
wirh <strong>the</strong> employee.<br />
All non-personally identifiable records <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> medical<br />
surveillance examinations acquired in Section E.4 <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong>se guidelines should be made available on written<br />
rcquest to authorized physicians and medical consultants<br />
<strong>for</strong> epidemiological purposes. The record <strong>of</strong><br />
individuals will, as is usual, be furnished upon<br />
request to <strong>the</strong> private physician.<br />
E6,0 EpidemiologicStudies<br />
Past <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> lasers has generally been stringently controlled.<br />
Actual exposure <strong>of</strong> laser workers has been<br />
minimal or even nonexistent. It is not surprising that<br />
acute accidental injury has been rare and that <strong>the</strong> few<br />
repons <strong>of</strong> repeated eye examinations have not noted<br />
any chronic eye changes. For <strong>the</strong>se reasons, <strong>the</strong><br />
examination requirements <strong>of</strong> this standard are<br />
minimal. However, animal experiments with both<br />
laser and narrow-band radiation indicate <strong>the</strong> potential<br />
<strong>for</strong> chronic damage from both subacute and chronic<br />
exposure to radiation at certain wavelengths. Lens<br />
opacities have been produced by radiation in <strong>the</strong><br />
0.?95 to 0.45 pm range and are also <strong>the</strong>orerically possible<br />
from 0.75 to 1.4 um.<br />
Photochemical retinitis appears to be inducible by<br />
exposure to 0,35 to 0.5 pm radiation. Iflaser systems<br />
are developed that require chronic exposure <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
workers to even low levels <strong>of</strong> radiation at <strong>the</strong>se<br />
wavelengths, it is recommended that such workers be<br />
included in <strong>the</strong> long-term epidemiologic studies and<br />
have periodic examinations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> appropriate eye<br />
suucures.<br />
r O ;;::rui'ff J:iff l}",'ffi ;:T,"itffi ;,:';<br />
are suggested.<br />
E7.0 References<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Friedman, A. L The ophthatmic screening <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
workers. Ann Occup Hyg. 2l: 277 -279: 1978.<br />
Hathaway, J. 4., Stem, N., Soles, E. M., teighton, E.<br />
Ocular medical surveillance on microwave and laser<br />
workers. J. Occup Med. 19:683-688; 1977.<br />
Hathaway, J. A. The Needs <strong>for</strong> Medical Surveillance<br />
<strong>of</strong> Laser and Microwave Workers. Current Concepts<br />
in Ergophthalmology. Societas Ergophthalmologica<br />
Intemationalis. Sweden: 139-l60; 1978.<br />
Wolbarsht, M. L., and Landen, M. B. Testing visual<br />
capabilities <strong>for</strong> medical surveillance or to ensure job<br />
fitness. J. Occup Med. 77:897-901: 1985.<br />
Appendix F<br />
Special Considerations<br />
The operation <strong>of</strong> lasers and laser systems, like any<br />
industrial or technological process, involves various<br />
possible related hazards. The following special considerations<br />
apply to such associated hazards <strong>of</strong> laser<br />
or laser system operation.<br />
Fl. Compressed Gases<br />
The potential oxygen deficiency hazard associated<br />
with lhe <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> asphyxiant compressed gases should<br />
'|ol be overlooked,<br />
The following standards, regulations, and guidelines<br />
should be observed while using compressed gases:<br />
American National Standard Method <strong>of</strong> Marking<br />
Portable Compressed Cas Containers to ldentify <strong>the</strong><br />
Material Contained. ANSUCGA C-4-1978.<br />
American National Standard Compressed Gas<br />
Cylinder Valve Outlet and Inlet<br />
ANSVCCA V-r -19??.<br />
Connections,<br />
Handbook <strong>of</strong> Compressed Cases. Compressed Gas<br />
Association, 1966. Available from Compressed Gas<br />
Association, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, New<br />
York 10036.<br />
Peninent regulations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> U.S. Department <strong>of</strong> Transportation<br />
(<strong>for</strong> example, Title 49, Code <strong>of</strong> Federal<br />
Regulations, Parts 170-179).
APPENDIX<br />
F2. Cryogenic Liquids<br />
Cryogenic liquids should tre stored and handled in<br />
accordance with <strong>the</strong> instructions listed in <strong>the</strong> Handbook<br />
<strong>of</strong> Compressed Gascs (sec Fl ).<br />
F3. Ventilation<br />
Local exhaust <strong>of</strong> general dilution ventilation systems<br />
must be provided to keep thc lcvels <strong>of</strong> toxic fumes,<br />
vapors, mists, dusts and gases, in occupied areas<br />
below <strong>the</strong> permissible exposure limits as set <strong>for</strong>th in<br />
Title 29, Code <strong>of</strong> Federal Regulations, Pan<br />
1910.1000, Subpart Z, Air Contaminants. Oxygen<br />
levels should be maintained at least 19 58" by<br />
volume. Additional ventilation requirements and<br />
design in<strong>for</strong>mation may be obtained from <strong>the</strong> cunent<br />
issue <strong>of</strong> lndustrial ventilation, published by <strong>the</strong><br />
American Conference <strong>of</strong> Covemmental Industrial<br />
Hygienists ( 14th ed, 1976, Cincinnati, Ohio).<br />
F4, Ionizing Radiation<br />
The source, quality and intensity <strong>of</strong> X-rays emanattng<br />
from laser power supplies and components <strong>the</strong>rein<br />
should be investigated and controlled in accordance<br />
with <strong>the</strong> provisions listed in Anrerican National Standard<br />
"General Safety Standard <strong>for</strong> Installations<br />
Using Non-Medical X-Ray and Sealed Gamma-Ray<br />
Sources, Energies up to t0 MeV," ANSI/l'lBS Handbook<br />
I14, and any applicable federal, state, or local<br />
codes and regulations.<br />
F5. Toxic Materials<br />
F5.l Personnel exposures to toxic or carcinogenic<br />
materials must be maintained within permissible<br />
exposure limits by ventilation. enclosure, isolation.<br />
substitution, shielding, <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r aPpropriate engineering<br />
controls, ot by proper utilization <strong>of</strong> personnel<br />
protective equipment. Federal health standards exposure<br />
criteria should be followed. ln absence <strong>of</strong><br />
Federal health standards, exposure criterid containcd<br />
in NIOSH Criteria Documents and ACCIH Threshold<br />
Limit Values should be followed.<br />
F5.2 Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) may also<br />
become a potential problem when working in areas<br />
where trans<strong>for</strong>mers and capacitors are <strong>use</strong>d. Contact<br />
with any trans<strong>for</strong>mer or capacitor oil which may<br />
It6<br />
contain PcB-bearing askarel should be prcvented as<br />
much as possible through <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> Viton or similar type<br />
rubber personal-protective equipment. Respiratory<br />
protective gear should be <strong>use</strong>d as waranted. PCBS<br />
and PCB equipment must be handled' <strong>use</strong>d, stored'<br />
labeled and disposed <strong>of</strong> in accordance with EPA<br />
Regulations (Title 40, Code <strong>of</strong> Federal Regulations,<br />
Pan 761).<br />
F5.3 Special optical materials <strong>use</strong>d <strong>for</strong> far infrared<br />
windows and lenses have been <strong>the</strong> source <strong>of</strong><br />
dangerou$ levels <strong>of</strong> airbome contaminants. For<br />
example, calcium telluride and zinc telluride will<br />
bum in <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> oxygen when beam iradiance<br />
limits are exceeded. Cadmium oxide is suspected <strong>of</strong><br />
carcinogenic potential in man; <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>€ atmospheric<br />
concenFation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fume should b€ maintained at oa<br />
trelow <strong>the</strong> 0.05 mg/m3 ceiling level established by<br />
ACGIH. Tellurium and tellurium hexafluoride arc<br />
also quite toxic and <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e exPosure to <strong>the</strong>se<br />
materials should be controlled.<br />
F5.4 The <strong>use</strong> <strong>of</strong> dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) as a<br />
solvent <strong>for</strong> cyanine dyes in dye lasen shoutd be discontinued<br />
if possible. DMSO aids in <strong>the</strong> transPort <strong>of</strong><br />
dyes into <strong>the</strong> skin. If ano<strong>the</strong>r solvent cannot be<br />
found, low permeability gloves (e.g. Neoprene or<br />
nitrile) should be worn by personnel any time a spill<br />
occurs or in situations where contact with <strong>the</strong> solvent<br />
may occur. The dyes <strong>the</strong>mselves are <strong>of</strong>ten very toxic<br />
and in some instances may even be carcinogenic.<br />
F6. References<br />
F6.1 Associat€d Hazards<br />
American National Standard National Electrical<br />
Code. ANSI NFPA 70-1984 (or latest revision<br />
<strong>the</strong>reo0.<br />
Certilied Equipment List as <strong>of</strong> October l, 1987.<br />
DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No 88-107. Superintendent<br />
<strong>of</strong> Docunrents, U.S. Govemement Printing<br />
Office, Washinglon, D.C. 20402, October 1987.<br />
Hygienic Guide Series Detroit: American lndustrial<br />
Hygiene Association.<br />
lndustrial Ventilntion - A Manual <strong>of</strong> Recommended<br />
Practice. l4th ed. Cincinnati: American Conference<br />
<strong>of</strong> covemmcnlal Industrial Hygienists; 1972 (or<br />
latest revision <strong>the</strong>reoo.<br />
Key, M.M.. et al., Occupational Diseases - A Guide<br />
to Their Recognition. DHEW (NIOSH) Publication<br />
No. 77-181. Superintendent <strong>of</strong> Documents, U.S
jJ Gotemment Printing Qffice, Washington, D.C.<br />
, 20402. Revised Edirion June 1977.<br />
Koller, L. R. Ultravioler Radiation. 2nd ed. New<br />
York: John Wiley & Sons; 1965.<br />
Patty, F. A., ed. Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology.<br />
2nd ed. New York: Interscience publishers: l97g_<br />
1982: v.lIA, IIB, IIC and III.<br />
Proctor, N., Hughes, J. and Fischman, M. eds.<br />
Chemical Hazards <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Workplace. J.p. Lippincott<br />
Co., Philadelphia, Pa. Znd revision, 1988.<br />
Registry <strong>of</strong> Toxic Effects <strong>of</strong> Chemicat Substances,<br />
Vol l-5 and subsequent updates. Sweei, D.V. ed.<br />
DHHS (NIOSH) Publicarion No. 87-t t4, Superinten_<br />
dent <strong>of</strong> Dccuments, U.S. Govemment printing Office,<br />
Washington, D.C. 20402. April 1987.<br />
Sliney, D. H., Freasier, B. C. The evaluation <strong>of</strong> ootical<br />
radiarion hazards. Applied Optics. l2(t); l-?2;<br />
1973 lan.<br />
Sliney, D. H., Wolbarsht,<br />
M. L. Safety with Lasers<br />
and O<strong>the</strong>r Optical Sources. New York: plenum pub_<br />
lishing Co; 1985.<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Middleton, W. E. K. Vision through rhe Atmosphere.<br />
Toronto: University <strong>of</strong>Toronto Press; 1968_<br />
Sliney, D. H. Eyaluating health hazards from military<br />
lasers. Joumal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> American Medical Association.<br />
214(6): 1047 -1054; 1970 Dec.<br />
Tatarski, V. I. Wave Propagation in a Turbulent<br />
Medium. New York: McGraw-Hill Company; 1960.<br />
Appendix G<br />
,o ;J,<br />
it,t"H::.# ii:11'Jl,:l'f"T#Hi,i,"#;<br />
tl<br />
TLVs - Threshold Limit Values and Bioloeical<br />
Exposure lndices <strong>for</strong> 1988-1989. American Coiference<br />
<strong>of</strong> Govemmental Industrial Hygienists; 1988 (or<br />
current edition).<br />
Title 29, Code <strong>of</strong> Federal Regulations, pan 1910,<br />
Safety and Health Standards. Occupational Safety<br />
and Health Administration, U.S. Dept. <strong>of</strong> Labor.<br />
F6.2 OpticalPropagation<br />
Buck, A. L. Effects <strong>of</strong> ahosphere on laser beam<br />
propagation. Applied Optics. 6(4): 703-708; 1967<br />
Apr.<br />
Burch, D. E., Cryvnak, D. A., Pauy, R. R. Absorption<br />
<strong>of</strong> infrared radiarion by COr and H2O -. absorption<br />
by CO2 between 8000 and t0,000 cm-r. Joumal<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Oprical Sociery <strong>of</strong> America. 58(3): 335_341:<br />
1968 Mar.<br />
Deitz, P. H. Twelve eye safety nomographs. Applied<br />
Optics. lt(2): 371-375; 1969 Feb.<br />
Hogg. D. C. Millimetcr wave communicalion<br />
lH?:Jhe atmosPhere' science' r5e(3810): 3e-46:<br />
Biological Effects on <strong>the</strong> Eye end Skin<br />
Gl. Minimal Biological Effects <strong>of</strong> Laser Radiation<br />
on <strong>the</strong> Eye<br />
Gl.l General. Among different laboratories<br />
some differences in standardization and calibration<br />
probabiy exist. This has introduced a certain spread<br />
among <strong>the</strong> data. Tlte majority <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work in aniving<br />
at <strong>the</strong> MPES in Section 8 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> standard has been<br />
concemed with how to compare <strong>the</strong> data and which<br />
data should be given more consideration. Where<br />
regression lines were available, <strong>the</strong>y indicate that a<br />
factor <strong>of</strong> 10 below <strong>the</strong> 50% damage level gave a<br />
negligible probability <strong>of</strong> damage. Whenever possible<br />
<strong>the</strong>se regression lines <strong>for</strong>med <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> level<br />
selecred <strong>for</strong> any pafticular MPE. Where <strong>the</strong> data<br />
indicated a steeper regression line, a factor less than<br />
10 was <strong>use</strong>d.<br />
Gl.2 Corneal Damage<br />
Gl,2.l Infrared (Spectral Region 1.4 to 1000<br />
pm). Excessive infrared exposure ca<strong>use</strong>s a loss <strong>of</strong><br />
lranspar€ncy or produces a surface irregularity in <strong>the</strong><br />
cornea. The MPE is well below <strong>the</strong> erergy or power<br />
required to produce a minimal lesion, For <strong>the</strong> purposes<br />
<strong>of</strong> this standard, a minimal comeal lesion is a<br />
small white area involving only <strong>the</strong> epi<strong>the</strong>lium and<br />
whose surface is not elevated or swollen. lt appears<br />
within l0 minutes after <strong>the</strong> exposure. Very linle or<br />
no staining results from fluorescein application. A<br />
minimal lesion will heal within 48 hours without visible<br />
scarring. These observations are based on experiments<br />
with COz lasers; extrapolation to wavelengths<br />
o<strong>the</strong>r than 10.6 Jrm must be made with care.<br />
Damage results from <strong>the</strong> heating <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> comea by<br />
absorprion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> incidenr energy by tears and tissue<br />
watcr in <strong>the</strong> comea, The absorption is diff<strong>use</strong>, and<br />
87
APPENDIX<br />
simple heat flow models aPpear to be valid The<br />
identity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sensitive material or protein in <strong>the</strong> cornea<br />
is not knowo. Although <strong>the</strong> critical temperature<br />
threshold is not known, it doe$ not appear to be much<br />
above normal body temperatute, and <strong>the</strong>re are indications<br />
that it is a function <strong>of</strong> exposure time.<br />
G1.2.2 Ultraviolet (Spectral Region 0'2 to 0.4<br />
pm). Excessive utraviolet exposure produces photophobia<br />
accompanied by redness, tearing, conjunctival<br />
discharge, surface exfoliation, and stromal haze The<br />
MPE is well below <strong>the</strong> energy required to produce<br />
(within 24 houn following exposure) any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
changes named.<br />
Damage to <strong>the</strong> epi<strong>the</strong>lium by absorption <strong>of</strong> ultraviolet<br />
light probably results from photochemical denaturation<br />
<strong>of</strong> proteins or o<strong>the</strong>t molecules in <strong>the</strong> cells Some<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> most important molecules are <strong>the</strong> deoxyribonucleic<br />
acids (DNA) and ribonucleic acids (RNA). The<br />
absorption is probably by selective sensitive portions<br />
<strong>of</strong> single cells. The action <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ultraviolet radiation<br />
is photochemical ra<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong>rmal, since <strong>the</strong> temperature<br />
rise calculated <strong>for</strong> experimental exposure is<br />
negligible.<br />
Gl.3 Retinal Damage (Spectral Region 0.4 to<br />
1.4 pm), The MPE is well below <strong>the</strong> exposure<br />
required to produce a minimal (or threshold) lesion'<br />
For <strong>the</strong> purposes <strong>of</strong> this standard, a minimal retinal<br />
lesion is <strong>the</strong> smallest ophthalmoscopically visible<br />
change in <strong>the</strong> retina. This change is a small white<br />
patch (apparently coagulation) which occurs within<br />
24 hours <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> exposure. At threshold <strong>the</strong><br />
lesion is probably <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> local heating <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
retina subsequent to absorption <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> light and its<br />
conversion to heat by <strong>the</strong> melanin granules in <strong>the</strong> pigment<br />
epi<strong>the</strong>lium.<br />
Extended exposure lasting several minutes <strong>for</strong> a rctinal<br />
image that is very small is difficult to accomplish,<br />
except by slabilized image optics. Thus <strong>the</strong>re exist<br />
no experimental data <strong>for</strong> long exposures and small<br />
spot sizes. However, accidental retinal exposures<br />
which combine long periods <strong>of</strong> time and small spot<br />
sizes are very unlikely.<br />
Gl.4 O<strong>the</strong>r Ocular Damage. There are two transition<br />
zones between comeal hazard and retinal<br />
hazard spectral regions, These are located at <strong>the</strong><br />
wavelength bands separating <strong>the</strong> ultraviolet and visible<br />
regions and separating near infrared and infrared.<br />
The exact wavelengths are not known. In <strong>the</strong>se<br />
regions <strong>the</strong>re may be both comeal and retinal damage.<br />
Also. damage to intermediate structures, such as<br />
<strong>the</strong> lens and iris. can occur.<br />
88<br />
Gl.S References. The most important references<br />
are cited in this section. They cover <strong>the</strong> major Portion<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> data <strong>use</strong>d in deriving this Standard.<br />
Several <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> teferences are review articles; <strong>the</strong>ir<br />
bibliographies should be <strong>use</strong>d as a source <strong>of</strong> additional<br />
references.<br />
Adams. D. O.; Beatrice, E. S.; Bedell' R. B. Retinal<br />
ulrastructural alterations produced by extremely low<br />
levels <strong>of</strong> coherent radiation. Science. 177(4043):58-<br />
60; 197? July 7.<br />
Bresnick, G. H., Frisch, G. D" Powell' J. O"<br />
Landers. M. B.. Holst, G. E., and Dallas, A. C. Ocu'<br />
lar effects <strong>of</strong> argon laser radiation - Part I: Retinal<br />
damage threshold studies' InvestigativeOphthalmology.<br />
9(l t):901-910; 1970 Nov'<br />
Clark, A. M. Ocular hazards from lasers and o<strong>the</strong>r<br />
optical sources. Critical Reviews in Environmental<br />
Control. (3): 307-339; 1970 Nov.<br />
Cogan, D. C. L€sions <strong>of</strong><strong>the</strong> eye from radiant energy.<br />
Joumal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> American Medical Association.<br />
142(3): 145-l5l; 1950 Mar.<br />
Desvignes, P., Amar, L., Bruma, M., Velge, M. Sur la<br />
generaiion d'ondes ulFasonores et <strong>for</strong>mation de<br />
bulles das le vitre d'un oeil humain par inadiation<br />
d'impulsion laser. Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaircs<br />
des Seances de I'Academie des Sciences. 259:<br />
1588-1591: 1964.<br />
Dunsky, 1.. Lappin, P. Evaluation <strong>of</strong> retinal threshold<br />
<strong>for</strong> cw radiation. Vision Research. ll(7): 733-73E;<br />
l97l July.<br />
Gibbons, W. D. Threshold Damage Evaluation <strong>of</strong><br />
Long-Term Exposures to Argon Laser Radiatiolr,<br />
U.S. Depanment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Air Force Report SAM-TR-<br />
'14-29,<br />
1914 Aug. Available from National Technical<br />
In<strong>for</strong>mation Service, Springfeld, Va. 22161.<br />
Ham, W. T., Jr., Clarke, A. M., Geeraets, W' J.'<br />
Cleary, S. F., Mueller, H. A., Williams' R. C. The<br />
eye problem in laser safety. Archives <strong>of</strong> Environ'<br />
mentat Health. 20(2): 156-160; 1975 Feb.<br />
Ham, W. T.. Jr., Geeraets, W. J., Mueller' H. A"<br />
Williams, R. C., Clarke, A. M., Cleary, S. F. Retinal<br />
bum thresholds <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> helium-neon laser in <strong>the</strong><br />
rhesus monkey. Archives <strong>of</strong> Ophthalmology.<br />
84(12): 797-808; 1970 Dec.<br />
Ham. W. T., Jr., Mueller, H' A., Sliney' D. H. Retinal<br />
sdnsitivity to damage from shon wavelength light.<br />
Nature. 260(5547): 153-155; 1976 Mar I I'
Ham, W. T., Jr., Williams, R. C., Mueller, H. A.,<br />
cl Guerry, D., Clarke, A. M., Geeraets, W. J. Effects <strong>of</strong><br />
laser radiation on <strong>the</strong> mammalian eye. Transactions<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> New York Academy <strong>of</strong> Sciences, ser 2.28:<br />
517-526; 1966 Feb.<br />
Hansen, W. P., Fine, S. Melanin granule models <strong>for</strong><br />
pulsed laser ipduced retinal injury. Applied Optics<br />
7(l): 155-159: 1968 Jan.<br />
Hayes, J. R., Wolbarsht, M. L. Thermal model <strong>for</strong><br />
retinal damage induced by pulsed lasers. Aerospace<br />
Medicine. 39(5): 474480: 1968 May.<br />
Kuwabara, T- Retinal recovery from exposure to<br />
light. American Joumal <strong>of</strong> Ophthalmology. 70(2):<br />
187-198; 1970 Aug.<br />
Laser Health Hazards Conrol. U.S. Department <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>the</strong> Air Force Manual AFM-l6l-32, 1973 Apr 20.<br />
Available from Nadonal Technical In<strong>for</strong>mation Service,<br />
Springfield, Va. 22161.<br />
Peabody, R. R., Zweng, H. C., Rose, H. W.,<br />
Peppers, N. A., Vassiliadis, A. Threshold damage<br />
from COz lasers. Archives <strong>of</strong> Ophthalmology.<br />
82(?): 105-107; 1969 July.<br />
rO Hn:;.- ^',Jffii:f;.^ "'-'::'l',Ifi<br />
:<br />
Zweng, H. C. Corneal damage threshotds <strong>for</strong> CO2<br />
laser radiation. Applied Optics. 8(2):37't-381; 1969<br />
Feb.<br />
Pitts, D. G., Bruce, W. R., Tredici, T. J. A. Comparative<br />
Study <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Effecrs <strong>of</strong> Ultraviolet Radiarion on<br />
<strong>the</strong> Eye. U.S. Air Force School <strong>of</strong> Aerospace Medicine<br />
Repon SAM-TR-70-28. Aerospace Medical<br />
Division (AFSC), Brooks Air Force Base, 1970.<br />
Available from National Technical In<strong>for</strong>mation Service,<br />
Springfield, Va, 22 t6t.<br />
Sliney, D. H. The development <strong>of</strong> laser safety criteria.<br />
In: M. L. Wolbarsht, ed. Laser Applications in<br />
Medicine and Biology. New York: Plenum Press;<br />
l97l: v. l, chapter 7, pp 163-238.<br />
Vassiliadis, A. Ocular damage from laser radiation.<br />
In: M. L. Wolbarsht, ed. Laser Applications in Medicine<br />
and Biology. New York: Plenum Press; 1977: v.<br />
l, chapter 6, pp 125-162.<br />
Voss, J. J. A <strong>the</strong>ory <strong>of</strong> rctinal bums. Bulletin <strong>of</strong><br />
Ma<strong>the</strong>matical Biophysics. 24: I l5-128; 1962.<br />
, r r,*** ih":#'T'li,I*"ixll il; :g;<br />
1970 Sepr.<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Wolbarsht, M. L., Sliney, D. H. The <strong>for</strong>mulation <strong>of</strong><br />
protection standards <strong>for</strong> lasers. In: M. L. Wolbarsht,<br />
ed. Laser Applications in Medicine and Biology.<br />
New York: Plenum Pressl 1974l' v. 2, chapter 10, pp<br />
309-360.<br />
G2. Biological Effects <strong>of</strong> Lsser Radiation on <strong>the</strong><br />
Skin<br />
G2,l General. The large $kin surface makes this<br />
body tissue readily available to accidental and<br />
repeated exposures to laser radiation. The biological<br />
significance <strong>of</strong> irradiation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> skin by lasers operating<br />
in <strong>the</strong> visible and infrared regions is considerably<br />
less than exposurc <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> eye, as skin damage is usually<br />
reparable or revenible. Effecs may vary from a<br />
mild rcddening (ery<strong>the</strong>ma) to blisters and charring.<br />
Depigmentation, ulceration, and scaning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> skin,<br />
and damage to underlying organs, may occur from<br />
exlremely high-powered laser radiation.<br />
Latcnl and cumulative effects <strong>of</strong> laser radiation are<br />
not known at this time. The possibility <strong>of</strong> such<br />
effects occurring, however, should not be ignored in<br />
planning <strong>for</strong> personnel safety in laser installations.<br />
Little or no data is available describing <strong>the</strong> reaction <strong>of</strong><br />
skin exposed to laser radiation in <strong>the</strong> 0.2 to 0.4 pm<br />
spectral region, but chronic exposure to ultraviolet<br />
wavelengths in this runge can have a carcinogenic<br />
action on skin as well as eliciting an ery<strong>the</strong>matous<br />
response.<br />
On <strong>the</strong> basis <strong>of</strong> studies with noncoherent ulffaviolet<br />
radiation, exposure to wavelengths in <strong>the</strong> 0.25 to<br />
0.32pm spectral region is most injurious to skin.<br />
Exposure to rhe shoner (0.2 to 0.25 pm) and longer<br />
(0.32 to 0.4 pm) ultraviolet wavelengths is considercd<br />
less harmful to normal human skin. The<br />
shoner wavelengths are absorbed in <strong>the</strong> outer dead<br />
layer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> epidermis (stratum comeum), and exposure<br />
to <strong>the</strong> longer wavelengths has a pigmentdarkening<br />
eflbct. However, <strong>the</strong> sensitivity <strong>of</strong> skin to<br />
<strong>the</strong> longer wavelengths may be increased by known<br />
or inadvertent usage <strong>of</strong> photosensitizers.<br />
G2.2 References<br />
Buchanan, A. R., Heim, H. G., Stilson, D. W.<br />
Biomedical Effects <strong>of</strong> Exposure lo Electromagnetic<br />
Radiation - Pan I: Ultr-dviolet. Air Development<br />
Center Technical Report 60-376, AD 244 786, 1960<br />
May. Available from National Technical In<strong>for</strong>mation<br />
Service, Springfield ,Y a.2216l .<br />
89
o<br />
APPENDIX<br />
Goldman, L., Rockwell, R. 1., Jr. l.asers in Medicine.<br />
New York: Gordon and Breach Science Publishers;<br />
197 t.<br />
Lane, R. J., Linsker, R., Wynne, J. J., Torres, A., and<br />
Geronemus, R. G. Ultraviotet - laser ablation <strong>of</strong><br />
skin. Archives <strong>of</strong> Dermatology. I2l:(609-617) May,<br />
1985.<br />
[,aor, Y., Simpson, C., Klein, 8., Fine, S. Pathology<br />
<strong>of</strong> intemal viscera following laser radiation. American<br />
Joumal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Medical Sciences. 257(4): 242-<br />
252; 1969 Apr.<br />
Panish. J. A. and Anderson. R. R.. Considentions <strong>of</strong><br />
selectivity in laser <strong>the</strong>rapy. ln Amdt, K. A., Noe, J.<br />
M. and Rosen, S. (eds.): Cutaneous Laser Therapy -<br />
Principles and Methods. New York: John Wiley and<br />
Sonsl 1983.<br />
Pan, W. H. Skin f€sion Threshold Values <strong>for</strong> Laser<br />
Radiation as Compared with Safety Standards. U.S.<br />
Army Medical Research Inboratory Repon 813, AD<br />
688 871, 1969- Available from National Technical<br />
ln<strong>for</strong>mation Service, Springfield, Va. 22161.<br />
Rockwell, R. J., Jr, Goldman, L. Research on Human<br />
Skin Laser Damage Threshold. Final Repon, University<br />
<strong>of</strong> Cincinnati, Conract F41609-72-C-0007,<br />
School <strong>of</strong> Aerospace Medicine, Brooks Air Force<br />
Base. Texas.<br />
Sliney, D. H., wolbarsht, M. L. Safety with Lasen<br />
and O<strong>the</strong>r Optical Sources. New York: Plenum Puhlishing<br />
Company; 1980.<br />
Threshold Limit Values and Biological Exposure<br />
Indices <strong>for</strong> 1988-1989. Cincinnati: American Conference<br />
<strong>of</strong> Governmental Industrial Hygienists.<br />
Urbach, F., ed. The Biological Effects <strong>of</strong> Ulhaviolet<br />
Radiation (with Emphasis on <strong>the</strong> Skin). Proceedings<br />
<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> First Intemational Conference, 1966. New<br />
York: Pergamon Press; 1969.<br />
Appendix H<br />
M€asuremenls<br />
Hl. Radiometric Measurements<br />
lt is important to note that certain aypes <strong>of</strong> radiometrically<br />
calibrated instruments can exhibit substantial<br />
90<br />
enors when <strong>use</strong>d to measurc cohercnt radiation.<br />
These enors are <strong>of</strong>ten associated with interfercnce<br />
phenomena (constructive and deslructive) or with<br />
spatial inhomogeneities, and instrument readings can<br />
change greatly with small changes in angle <strong>of</strong><br />
incidence, wavelength, or distribution <strong>of</strong> radiation<br />
over <strong>the</strong> surface. It is, <strong>the</strong>re<strong>for</strong>e, imponant to select<br />
instruments that minimize such effects or are<br />
designed specifically <strong>for</strong> <strong>use</strong> with lasers. As an<br />
example, current National Institute <strong>of</strong> Science and<br />
Technology (NIST) laser power and energy standards<br />
are based on calorimehic ra<strong>the</strong>r than radiometric<br />
techniques (see A Reference Calorimeter <strong>for</strong> Laser<br />
Energy Measurements, by E. D. West and o<strong>the</strong>rs<br />
which is listed as a reference in H4)<br />
H2, Radiant Exposure Pr<strong>of</strong>iles and Radiant<br />
Dxposure Estimates <strong>for</strong> Pulsed Lssers<br />
Several rypes <strong>of</strong> photosensitive or <strong>the</strong>rmally sensitive<br />
papers or emulsions may be <strong>use</strong>d as aids in <strong>the</strong> determination<br />
<strong>of</strong> laser beam radiant exposure and <strong>for</strong><br />
estimating beam pr<strong>of</strong>iles <strong>of</strong> high-energy lasers.<br />
H3. Beam Div€rgence<br />
Determination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> divergence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laser beam<br />
may be required when evalualing exposures at fal<br />
distances from <strong>the</strong> laser. It is recommended that<br />
beam divergence be detemined by using ei<strong>the</strong>r maximum<br />
beam irradiance or radiant exposurc at two different<br />
distances from <strong>the</strong> laser and calculating with<br />
Ec B4 in 83.2.3. (See also 3.4.2.)<br />
H4. References<br />
H4.1 General<br />
Case, W. E. Documentation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> NBS C, K, Laser<br />
Calibration Systems. NBSIR 82-1676, September<br />
1982.<br />
Day, C. w., Hamilton, C. A., Pyatt, K. W. Spectral<br />
reference detector <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> visible to 12 micrometer<br />
region; convenient, spectrally flat. Applied Optics.<br />
l5(7): I865- 1868, July 1976.<br />
Sliney, D. H., Wolbarsht, M. L. Safety with Lasers<br />
and O<strong>the</strong>r Opticai Sources. New York: Plenum Publishinq<br />
Co: 1980.
Sanders, A. A., Rasmussen, A. L. A System <strong>for</strong><br />
Measuring Energy and Peak Power <strong>of</strong> l.ow-Level<br />
1.0@ Micrometer Laser Pulses. National Bureau <strong>of</strong><br />
Standards Technical Note 1058; Washington, D.C.<br />
U.S. Govemment Printing Office. 1982.<br />
Danielson, B, L, Measur€ment Procedures <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />
Optical Beam Splitter Attenuation Device A-1.<br />
NBSIR 77-858. Washington, D.C. U.S. Govemment<br />
Printing Office. 1977.<br />
Wolfe, W. L., Zissis, G. J. The Infrared Handbook.<br />
Washington, D.C. U.S. Govemment Printing Office.<br />
1978.<br />
Hamilton, C. A., Day, G. W. A Pyroelectric Power<br />
Meter <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Measurement <strong>of</strong> Low Level Radiation.<br />
National Bureau <strong>of</strong> Standards Technical Note 665.<br />
Washington, D.C. U.S. Govemment Printing Office.<br />
197 5.<br />
West, E. D., Case, W. E., Rasmussen, A.L., Schmidt,<br />
L. B. A reference calorimeter <strong>for</strong> laser energy measurements.<br />
Joumal <strong>of</strong> Research <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> National<br />
Bureau <strong>of</strong> Standards, Sect. A (Physics and Chemistry).<br />
764( l): l3-26; 1972 Jan-Feb.<br />
Franzen, D. L., Schmidt, L. B. Absolute reference<br />
calorimeter <strong>for</strong> measuring high power laser pulses.<br />
Applied Optics. l 5(12):3 1 1 5 -J 122; 1976 Dec.<br />
APPENDIX<br />
H4.2 Commercially Available Instrumentation.<br />
Periodically updated listings <strong>of</strong> commercially available<br />
laser measuring insfiuments ere included in <strong>the</strong><br />
following publications;<br />
Electro-Optical Master Catalog. Available from Milton<br />
S. Kiyer Publications, htc,, 222 west Adams<br />
Street, Chicago, Itl. 60606.<br />
Instrumeltation <strong>for</strong> Environmental Monitoring -<br />
Radiation. Available from Environmental Instrument<br />
Group, Lawrcnce Bertley Laboratory, University <strong>of</strong><br />
Califomia, Berkeley, Calif. 94720.<br />
Laser Focus Buyers'Guide. Available from Penwell<br />
Publications, Advanced Technology Group, 119<br />
Russell St. Littleton, MA 01640.<br />
The Optical Industry and Systems Purchasing Dircctory.<br />
Available from Laurin Publishing Company,<br />
Berkshire Common, P.O. Box 1146, Pittsfield, MA<br />
o1202.<br />
Lasen and Applications, Technical Handbook and<br />
Industry Directory, 23868 Hawthome BIvd. Torrance.<br />
CA 90505.<br />
9l
Table l0<br />
Control Measures <strong>for</strong> <strong>the</strong> Four Laser Classes<br />
Controls Classification I za 2 3a 3b<br />
ProtectiYe Housing (4.3. 1) X X X X X X<br />
E<br />
without Protective Housing (4.3. l.l )<br />
lnterlocks on Protective Housing (4.3.2)<br />
Service Access Panel (4.3.3)<br />
LSO shall establish Altemate Controls<br />
A A X X x<br />
V v v V v X<br />
N Key Swilch l\4aster (4.3.4) X<br />
G<br />
t<br />
N<br />
E<br />
Viewing Ponals (4.3.5.l)<br />
Collecting Optics (4.3.5.2)<br />
Totally Open Beam Path (4.3.6.1)<br />
Limited Open Beam Path (4.3.6.2)<br />
tr<br />
D<br />
tr<br />
tr<br />
o<br />
D<br />
X<br />
X<br />
o<br />
tr<br />
x<br />
x<br />
E Remote Interlock Connector (4.3.7) X<br />
R Beam Stop or Attenuator (4.3.E)<br />
X<br />
I Activation Waming Systems (4.3.9)<br />
X<br />
N Emission Delay (4.3.9.1)<br />
G Class 3b Laser Controlled Area (4.3.10. | )<br />
X<br />
Class 4 l,aser Controlled Area (4.3.10.2)<br />
X<br />
Laser Outdoor Controls (4.3.1 I )<br />
Temporary Laser Controlled Area* (4.3.12) v v<br />
X X<br />
Remote Firing & Monitoring (4.3.13)<br />
Labels (4.3.14) x X X X X<br />
Area Posting (4.3.15) X X<br />
Administrative & Procedural Controls (4.4) X X x X X<br />
A Standard Operating Procedures (4.4.1) X<br />
M Output Emission Limitations (4.4.2) LSO f Etermination<br />
N R Education and Training (4.4.3) X X x<br />
i<br />
ri<br />
oa<br />
U<br />
c Authorized Personnel (4.4.4) X X<br />
D Alignment Procedures (4.4.5) x X X x<br />
T R Eye Prctection (4.4.6)<br />
I<br />
L Spe€tator Control (4.4.?) X<br />
Service Personnel (4.4.8) v X X<br />
Laser Demonstration (4.5. 1 ) x X X x<br />
Laser Fiber Optics (4.5.2) X x X. x<br />
LEGEND X - Shatl, . - Should, - No requirement, V-Shall if Embedded Cla-ss 3botClass4'<br />
c - Shat t if MpE is exceeded. A - Shall if embedded Class 3a, Class 3b, Class 4, * During Service Only<br />
X
lo<br />
]o<br />
}r LIA'.8G5M<br />
Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> America<br />
The Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> America in 1984 assumed <strong>the</strong> secretariats <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> two major laser<br />
safety standards committees which impact upon both <strong>use</strong>r and manufacturers. These<br />
committees are <strong>the</strong> American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Committee 2-136<br />
on Safe Use <strong>of</strong> Las€rs, and <strong>the</strong> International Electrolechnical Commission (ICE)<br />
Technical Committee TC-76 on Lasers. The first committee plays a leadership role in<br />
establishing occupational exposure limits and standard safety practices in lhis country.<br />
The second committee serves <strong>the</strong> same role worldwide, and most national organizations<br />
look toward this committee <strong>for</strong> guidance.<br />
The Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> America is a nonpr<strong>of</strong>it pr<strong>of</strong>essional society devoted entirely to<br />
<strong>the</strong> advancement and promotion <strong>of</strong> laser technology and applications. The Instilute conducts<br />
continuing education courses, seminars and technical symposia nationwide, and<br />
<strong>of</strong>fers a variety <strong>of</strong> educational materials and publications. Journal <strong>of</strong> Laser Applications<br />
is <strong>the</strong> <strong>of</strong>ficial society magazine published four times a year <strong>for</strong> members.<br />
LASER SAFETY PUBLICATIONS-from Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> America<br />
Standards<br />
o Safe Use <strong>of</strong> lasers, ANSI ZI36.I-1986<br />
. Sale Use <strong>of</strong> Optical Fiber Communication Systems utilizing Inser Diode and<br />
LED Sources, ANSI Z,136.2-1988<br />
o Safe Use <strong>of</strong> Lasers in Health Care Facilities, ANSI 2136.3-1988<br />
General<br />
. Inser SaIetJ Cuide (39p)<br />
c Guide Jor Selection <strong>of</strong> Laser Eye Protection (l8p)<br />
o Safety Reference Notebook (1 I9p)<br />
o lnser Safet!: Bio-Effects, Hazards & Classifications (96p)<br />
. Laser Safety Short Courses Tefi (3-ring, 380p)<br />
t Safery SlidelAudio Educational Package (35mm135 min.)<br />
o Laser SaIeO Video.Training Package<br />
. C onfere nc e P roc e edings<br />
SEND FOR FREE CATALOG OR CALL (407) 380 - 1553 <strong>for</strong> derailed in<strong>for</strong>mation,<br />
(Se@nd Ptinring enh Ctua@ rd Cteificarionc)<br />
Laser Institute <strong>of</strong> Amenca<br />
12424 Research Parkway, Suite 130<br />
Orlando, FL 32826<br />
(407) 380 - | 553<br />
FAX (407) 380 - 5588